summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/78892-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '78892-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--78892-0.txt8193
1 files changed, 8193 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/78892-0.txt b/78892-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86d5fcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78892-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8193 @@
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 78892 ***
+
+
+
+
+ THE FLYING BUCCANEER
+
+
+
+
+ THE
+ FLYING BUCCANEER
+
+ _A Novel of Adventure in the Skies_
+
+ BY
+ JACK BINNS
+
+ NICHOLAS L. BROWN
+ NEW YORK, :: 1923
+
+
+
+
+ Copyright, 1923
+ By
+ NICHOLAS L. BROWN
+
+ All Rights Reserved including
+ Dramatic and Photoplay Rights
+
+ Printed in U. S. A.
+
+
+
+
+ THE FLYING BUCCANEER
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER ONE
+
+
+“Oh! George, something terrible has happened. You must read the paper
+right away.”
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Mrs. George Cowl, wife of the Secretary of Air, in a state of great
+excitement met her husband at the foot of the stairs as he descended,
+and handed him a copy of the Washington _Tribune_.
+
+“Look at this!” she exclaimed.
+
+Taking the proffered newspaper Cowl’s eyes fell immediately upon the
+eight column “banner” line spread across the front page:
+
+ TRANSPACIFIC MAIL AIRSHIP DESTROYED BY AERIAL PIRATE IN MIDOCEAN
+
+Quickly he read the sub-heads, which told in terse sentences a story
+of piracy in the Twentieth Century more amazing than any exploit of
+the roving buccaneers who struck terror through the Spanish Main two
+hundred years ago.
+
+ _Giant Rigid Airship Langley Shot Down Midway between Honolulu and
+ Manila from Altitude of_ 10,000 _feet._
+
+ _Survivors Picked Up by Cargo Steamer Yang-Tsze._
+
+ _Masked Aerial Pirate Escapes with Valuable Cargo Taken from Langley._
+
+“Good God!” he exclaimed, then turning to his wife, he added, “I’ll
+have to go right over to the office, Dear.”
+
+Snatching his hat, Cowl hurriedly kissed his wife, and then rushed out,
+leaving his breakfast untouched. He ran as he had not run for years
+across the streets to the office in the government building, dodging
+the early morning traffic and miraculously escaping injury.
+
+Breathlessly, he dashed into the elevator, to the astonishment of Jim
+the night caretaker who had not yet been relieved.
+
+“Take me right up Jim,” he shouted.
+
+Before the caretaker could close the doors of the elevator, Theodore
+Mitchell, the Assistant Secretary of Air rushed in, as excited as his
+chief. The two men looked at each other for several seconds with an
+expression of utter bewilderment written across their faces. In one
+momentary flash each read the other’s thoughts, and then Mitchell broke
+out:
+
+“It’s evident that you’ve read the paper, George, or you wouldn’t be
+here so early. What do you think of it?”
+
+“I don’t know yet,” replied Cowl, “I just glanced over the headlines
+and rushed right over. I haven’t read the report yet. I hurried here to
+see whether we had been officially advised of it.”
+
+When the elevator stopped on the tenth floor, the two men rushed out
+and ran into Cowl’s office.
+
+“You read the newspaper account, while I call up the telegraph office,”
+said Mitchell.
+
+Cowl sat down somewhat nervously, and began to read:
+
+Manila, P. I., Sept. 26, 1952.--(By Associated Press.) The mail airship
+Langley flying from Yokohama to San Francisco was attacked and shot
+down by a mysterious airplane yesterday, according to a brief wireless
+dispatch received here from the Captain of the steamer Yang-Tsze. The
+passengers and crew of the Langley were picked up by the Yang-Tsze
+which is proceeding to this port.
+
+The mysterious airplane which attacked the airship flew away in a
+northeasterly direction after removing all the valuable cargo and
+sinking the disabled airship.
+
+The details of this act of piracy are contained in a later wireless
+report sent by Captain Carruthers, commander of the Langley, from the
+Yang-Tsze to Captain Deverest, commander of the naval district, in this
+city. This report as given out here reads as follows:
+
+“September 25th, Airship Langley flying on a course due East in
+Latitude 20.35 N., Longitude 170.45 E., overtaken by large airplane of
+flying boat type. Without warning airplane opened fire at one thousand
+yards using three inch incendiary shells from automatic cannon.
+
+“Third shell penetrated valve in number three ballonet, releasing
+helium gas. Firing commenced while Langley flying at altitude of 10,000
+feet. Langley began to settle, and I ordered colors hoisted as distress
+signal. Airplane then ceased firing.
+
+“Langley rapidly settled to surface. Attacking airplane spiralled
+down, landed approximately same time as Langley, and then proceeded
+in hailing distance. Commander and crew of airplane all wore peculiar
+mask-like helmets. Former ordered us to launch boats and abandon
+Langley.
+
+“Sea smooth, no wind. Boats launched from disabled Langley without
+difficulty, and passengers taken off quietly and in good order.
+Commander of airplane ordered us to lay off half a mile from Langley.
+Soon as transfer of passengers complete, I ordered officers in charge
+of each lifeboat to obey this command, as attacking airplane had
+assumed threatening attitude.
+
+“Crew of airplane boarded Langley, and were observed removing part of
+cargo. This continued half an hour, then airplane lay off two hundred
+yards and opened fire on envelope of Langley with its three inch
+cannon. Langley disappeared below surface a few seconds after the fifth
+shot was fired.
+
+“Airplane then came over to our boats, and her commander megaphoned
+across that he would wireless for assistance. He then took off. Half an
+hour later he returned, and informed us that he had sighted a steamer
+15 miles SSE of us, and had requested her to come to our assistance,
+giving our position.
+
+“The airplane again took off and disappeared in a Northeasterly
+direction at terrific speed. One hour later cargo steamer Yang-Tsze
+hove in sight and picked us up. Entire ship’s company unharmed, and
+passengers all well. Attacking airplane bore no international marks, or
+anything of an identifying character.”
+
+It is understood that Captain Carruthers included a complete and
+detailed description of the piratical airplane in his wireless report,
+but Captain Deverest here refused to make public that portion of the
+dispatch on the ground that it was confidential official information.
+
+The remarkable incident has caused quite a stir here, and the aerial
+transport companies are considering the advisability of cancelling all
+schedules until adequate protection of the airways has been established
+by the Department of Air in Washington.
+
+Officials of the Trans-Pacific and Oriental Aerial Line, owners of the
+Langley, have cabled details of the affair to the head office at San
+Francisco and requested that the Westbound airship Wilbur Wright, which
+is due to leave early tomorrow morning, be held up until the government
+puts effective patrol units along the course. The officials were
+doubtful, however, whether the cable would arrive in time.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TWO
+
+
+Scarcely had Cowl finished reading the newspaper story when the door
+of his office opened and Mitchell entered with Arthur G. Ingleton,
+the Secretary of the Navy. The latter’s worried expression seemed to
+indicate that the gravity of the situation was even greater than was
+apparent from the newspaper report. Looking at his colleague, he said:
+
+“This is a pretty serious situation, George. I’ve just received a
+cipher cable from Deverest at Manila giving me complete details of the
+affair. From his description of the pirate it looks as though we have
+got a pretty desperate character to deal with. His airplane appears to
+be something entirely new.
+
+“I am greatly worried, because as you know Mrs. Ingleton and Mary are
+due to leave for the Philippines on the Wilbur Wright this morning. I
+have got a long distance call in to San Francisco, trying to stop them
+from leaving until we get this fellow. We can’t hold up the commercial
+lines, but there is no telling where he will strike next. I have cabled
+Deverest to make temporary arrangements to police the airways with
+naval units until we make some organized effort to hunt this desperado.
+
+“My chief anxiety is for Mary, because I doubt whether I shall reach
+her in time to prevent her departure on the Wilbur Wright. She has
+had her heart set on this Orient trip for the past six months. Here’s
+Deverest’s report. I’ve had it deciphered. You read it while I try to
+get the long distance operator again.”
+
+Cowl took the message while Ingleton went back to his own office to
+telephone. The message contained the report of Captain Carruthers as
+given in the newspaper account, but included the following description
+of the pirate machine, which was withheld from the press.
+
+“Carruthers report shows the attacking airplane unlike any known
+design. He states it was a monoplane flying boat, apparently of metal
+construction throughout. The boat body was squat and wide, but entirely
+enclosed. It had the appearance of being constructed of plates riveted
+together like a steamship. Length of boat approximately 105 feet. Tail
+construction seemed to be very small, but otherwise conventional.
+Spread of wings about 110 feet, and chord (width) about 11 feet. Wing
+was internally braced and was two feet thick at a point two feet from
+leading edge. Wing covering also had appearance of plates riveted
+together.
+
+“It is equipped with a disappearing marine screw propeller for cruising
+purposes on the surface of the ocean. In the air it is driven forward
+by two pusher propellers, but according to Carruthers who examined
+it carefully, there is no sign of any engine housing, and just where
+the engines are located he could not determine. It was equipped with
+a three inch automatic cannon, on a disappearing mount over the nose
+of the enclosed hull. The airplane apparently is capable of prodigious
+speed, that Carruthers could not account for.”
+
+Mitchell had read the report over his chief’s shoulder.
+
+“It doesn’t tell us very much, does it?” he queried.
+
+A few minutes later Ingleton returned, having failed to get his call.
+The operator had told him there would be an hour’s delay. His frantic
+appeal that it was an urgent government call had failed to expedite
+matters. To Cowl he said:
+
+“Judging from that report, George, we have a pretty hard task before
+us, and the only way to handle that brigand will be by means of a
+thoroughly organized plan. As I said, I have told Deverest to use the
+naval units to take care of the Eastern Pacific airways, and I shall
+cable Smith at Honolulu as well as Harrington at San Francisco to put
+all their craft on patrol duty. You had better send similar orders to
+your commanders, don’t you think?”
+
+At this moment Air Marshall Charles B. Hartley, military director of
+the Air Service, entered the room in a state of suppressed excitement.
+
+“I would willingly give up my commission, if only Joe Levanter were
+here now,” he said. “He was by far the best man we had, and would have
+been just the one for this job. He was a regular daredevil, but at the
+same time shrewder than anybody else in the service. I can’t imagine
+what became of him.”
+
+The four officials then held a conference to decide their plans. After
+some considerable discussion Ingleton jumped up, and started to leave
+the room saying as he went:
+
+“I am so worried about Mary and her mother. I am trying to get them off
+the airship before it leaves. I am going to try and get San Francisco
+again. I’ll be back shortly.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THREE
+
+
+The scene of activity that marks the pending departure of a
+transoceanic airship was being enacted at the great airport of San
+Francisco just as the first streaks of dawn broke over the Eastern sky.
+At the peak of terminal tower number six, one thousand feet above the
+ground, the airship Wilbur Wright was moored by its nose. The airship
+moved slowly and sluggishly back and forth in a small arc of a circle
+whenever the fitful breeze caught its glistening sides, as though it
+were a mammoth weathercock indicating the direction of the wind.
+
+The top of the tower was a huge revolving globe with a vast socket
+on one side. It was in this socket that the nose of the airship was
+automatically locked, the entire tower being a mooring post that
+enabled the airship to swing to the action of the wind in the same
+manner that a steamship swings on its anchor chain to the action of the
+tide.
+
+Upon the airship the rigging crew was busily engaged in unscrewing the
+feed pipes from the gas valves, after the last volume of helium gas had
+been taken into the ballonets. The buoyancy of the gas naturally kept
+the giant airship afloat in the sea of air and relieved the tower from
+all strain of the ship’s great weight.
+
+Through the center of the tower was a shaft for passenger and freight
+elevators. The latter were running at maximum speed, taking up the last
+pieces of cargo.
+
+On the aerodrome below, the big transcontinental passenger airplane had
+just landed on the concrete runway after a fifteen hour non-stop flight
+through the night from New York. It taxied over to the landing platform
+at the foot of the tower, after the pilot had drawn up the retractible
+wings to the sides of the fuselage.
+
+As it drew alongside the landing platform, a door in the side of
+the fuselage swung open, and the workers on the platform put out a
+gangplank to the door. The passengers then filed out, carrying their
+small hand baggage. They walked into the waiting hall inside the base
+of the tower. Here was situated the restaurant, wireless station, and
+all other facilities necessary to a terminal station.
+
+Immediately after disembarking the passengers trooped into the
+restaurant and ate breakfast, while the terminal employes were busily
+engaged in taking their baggage up to the airship.
+
+Among the passengers who had just arrived on the transcontinental
+airplane were Mrs. Ingleton, wife of the Secretary of the Navy, and
+her daughter Mary. With them was Wing Commander Kenneth Fitzgerald,
+an aviation officer who had been transferred from a departmental
+executive job at Washington to the command of the air station at
+Manila. He was on his way to take over his new command in the East.
+
+In Washington he had been a close friend of the Secretary of the Navy
+and his family, and very naturally Mr. Ingleton had asked the commander
+to look after Mrs. Ingleton and Mary during their voyage, since all
+three were bound for the same destination by the same ship.
+
+Together with the other passengers the three entered the restaurant and
+breakfasted.
+
+Mary Ingleton was a prepossessing athletic young lady imbued with the
+full sense of importance of her twenty-two Summers. From the moment
+of her debut she had been one of the reigning belles in Washington
+society, with all the eligible young men of the Capital in her retinue
+as willing slaves.
+
+She was a blonde with a crowning aureole of golden tinged hair and her
+big flashing blue eyes gave a true indication of the independence that
+formed the basis of her character. She was rather tall. Her features
+were regular, perfect and charming.
+
+She had been the principal of a hundred romances. All these, however,
+were but minor incidents that came and went to form the background of
+her life.
+
+Suddenly Washington was confronted with the fact that Mary, the
+acknowledged queen, had quit her domain, at the height of her triumphal
+conquests, to travel for no apparent purpose in the Orient. Her
+departure, so unexpected, set the tongues of gossip and jealousy
+awagging. The coincidence of Fitzgerald’s appointment to the Eastern
+station was developed to the fullest extent of its possibilities in the
+small talk that followed. Six months previously, it was recalled, Joe
+Levanter, the dashing young aviator had disappeared, and he had been
+one of Mary’s most persistent admirers. He had vanished as completely
+as though the earth had swallowed him up.
+
+Since his disappearance, pointed out gossip, there was no doubt about
+the change that had come over Mary. From the central figure in the
+varied activities of social life she had changed into a recluse and had
+begun to take her pleasure more seriously.
+
+With the characteristic imperturbability of youth Mary had remained
+oblivious to the covert glances and whispered remarks of those about
+her. But there was more than mere imperturbability that made her gaze
+so indifferent, her actions so apathetic. She was absorbed in a process
+of self-study that claimed all her mental energies. Stubbornly and
+deeply she was questioning something, probing something, prying into
+something. This something, though but a memory now, she endeavored to
+recreate into a present reality. And in her tireless effort to make the
+past live again in the present she sought an opportunity to reexamine
+and reappraise her actions. Were they altogether right? What possible
+effect did or will they have on her future? How was she to gain that
+ease and tranquility of mind that seem to be the result as well as the
+reward of making a right decision. Has her opportunity come and gone?
+Will she ever have another? She did not know, and the less she knew the
+more she thought and speculated on the subject.
+
+Her mind dwelt continuously upon a scene that six months previously had
+made a profound impression upon her. From the moment of its enactment
+she had been in the grip of that mental self-absorption until it
+began to affect her even outwardly so seriously that her parents had
+willingly consented to her eastern trip.
+
+Even now in the transoceanic air terminal for the first time, Mary’s
+mind, unaffected by the sights that were novel to her, reverted to
+the occasion that had persistently beset her. In her mind’s eye she
+pictured for the hundredth time the incident with Joe Levanter that
+was the direct cause of her present unplanned journey. Mary was uneasy
+mentally. She was not sure that she hated Levanter, nor was she sure
+that she loved him. Of one thing only was she certain, and that was she
+could not be indifferent to the memory of their last meeting.
+
+He was indeed a remarkable young man who had precipitated within her
+strange, mixed feelings that she could not define. She remembered
+the last call he made upon her at her home in Washington. Back upon
+the screen of her memory there flashed again a moving picture which
+portrayed every incident of that momentous evening. She saw herself
+stroll out of the house with him across the porch to the rustic seat
+back of the lawn. She again saw him go through the impassioned gestures
+of his proposal, and her ears--deaf to the multitudinous noises around
+her--again heard his words repeated from the indelible record impressed
+upon her mind.
+
+“Mary, if you will only say yes the world shall be yours and mine. I
+have just done something wonderful that will bring me great fame, and I
+want you to share it with me. Won’t you say the word that will make me
+forever happy, dear?”
+
+She again saw his coal black eyes peering straight at her with a
+penetrating gaze, and the living intenseness stamped upon his face. She
+saw herself held immovable by the equal strength of the opposing forces
+that were battling within her. She saw herself transfixed in this pose
+of painful indecision for what seemed to be eternity, until the sound
+of his voice again broke through her reverie.
+
+“Mary, I must have your answer now, this very minute, my life, my
+future--everything depends upon it.”
+
+Then as in a dream she heard herself repeat the momentous “No” that
+escaped from her lips before she realized she had spoken. Why she had
+said it she did not know then, and the constant introspection of the
+past six months had failed to produce a reason. Was it the spontaneous
+response of intuition?
+
+Daily for six months she had reviewed the scene, and yet even now,
+as on the day of its occurrence she gave an involuntary start as she
+thought of the effect produced by her refusal. She again saw the quick
+change that came over Levanter, the rage that suddenly lit up his olive
+brown features and shone from his eyes. She again heard him as he spoke
+with suppressed fury in his voice:
+
+“Mary I love you. I still love you, but evidently to you my feeling
+has been nothing but a pleasant diversion. You have played with it,
+encouraged it. You have led me to believe that there was more than
+hope for me. And now you coldly dash that hope to pieces, knowing full
+well that it has been the moving principle of all my plans, of all my
+efforts.... I don’t know what is going to happen to me. But I know one
+thing. You cannot by a mere word detach yourself from the fate which
+you and I have been preparing for ourselves. Whether with me or away
+for me, you too shall bear the responsibility for my future as you bore
+it for my past, and shall feel the effects of whatever is in store for
+me.”
+
+“Good bye, Mary, but don’t forget. I shall not.”
+
+As Mary, still enthralled, saw with her mental eye the stalwart frame
+leaping over the fence back of the lawn, she felt a tug at her arm.
+Turning around she passed from the realm of memory to that of actuality
+in the person of her mother who was exclaiming:
+
+“Why, Mary, you haven’t touched your breakfast, dear. What are you
+thinking of, child? Come now, we shall have to hurry, for the ship is
+leaving in a few minutes.”
+
+Almost automatically Mary began to eat impelled by duty rather than
+appetite. She listened attentively while Fitzgerald with the fervor of
+an expert was explaining everything about the station. His own branch
+of aeronautics was concerned chiefly with the lighter than air types of
+air vessels, and he was now in his very element, anxious to impart his
+knowledge to his fair ward.
+
+Breakfast over, the three walked from the restaurant to the elevator
+and ascended with other passengers to the landing platform at the
+top of the tower. There a steward took their baggage and escorted
+them along the alleyway to their cabins. As soon as they had located
+themselves Fitzgerald took them to the observation room, and secured
+for them a favorable window seat where they could watch the departure
+of the great airship.
+
+The view unfolded before their enraptured gaze was unforgettable.
+One thousand feet below they saw the glories of the island-strewn
+San Francisco Bay. It was spread out beneath them like a map. They
+saw its shores, and those of San Pablo Bay. They saw the magnificent
+rivers Sacramento and San Joaquin emptying their streams into the
+beautiful bay. A few miles to the north Mount Tamalpais towered above
+them. On the hazy horizon of the Pacific they could just make out the
+Farallones. Directly below, the hilly city appeared almost flat.
+
+Meanwhile the airship was making ready to leave. The six engines were
+now running slowly, but the propellors were locked in a horizontal
+position. The captain, megaphone in hand, and his officers were on
+the bridge waiting to give the signal to cast off. Friends of the
+passengers were grouped about the balcony beneath the mooring globe,
+waving flags and handkerchiefs.
+
+Finally the agent of the line left the airship. The captain rang an
+order to the engine room, and a moment later the changeable pitch
+propellor on the after engine nacelle was thrown into reverse and
+commenced to revolve slowly. Then through the megaphone the captain
+shouted the order to the employes on the tower: “Let go!”
+
+The engineer on the pier touched a button, and the electric machinery,
+moving with swiftness and precision, released the clutch that held
+the airship to the tower. The reversed propellor pulled the giant
+frame clear of the tower before it could rise. A few moments later the
+buoyancy of the helium gas had lifted it to an altitude of ten thousand
+feet.
+
+The watchers on the balcony saw the ship turn slowly in a circle, and
+then with gathering speed swiftly float to the western horizon. As the
+last farewell cheer died away the telephone bell in the main office
+rang. A clerk reached leisurely over and lifted the receiver to his
+ear. He uttered a languid “hello!” A voice came back immediately: “We
+have a rush long distance call from Washington for Miss Mary Ingleton,
+a passenger on the airship Wilbur Wright,” it said.
+
+“Too late,” replied the clerk, “the ship has just gone.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER FOUR
+
+
+When Joe Levanter left Mary’s home on the day of their final parting he
+felt a sense of vacuous misery overpowering him. All at once he became
+aware of the fact that he had no one to turn to, no one to care or live
+for. All his dreams, his youth, his past full of ardor and promise
+had been swept away from him, it seemed, by the single movement of a
+woman’s arm. What this arm had meant to him as a sustaining prop for
+his ambitions he realized only now, when a sort of dull, flat weakness
+filled his frame.
+
+He entered his comfortably furnished apartment in one of the
+fashionable homes of the capital and threw himself on a sofa, burying
+his head in the cushion, as if wishing to escape the dark and crushing
+force of his depression.
+
+For the first time in his life he faced existence without a set
+purpose, without energy, without zest. He was a brilliant aeronautical
+engineer, the inventor of many remarkable devices which revolutionized
+the construction of airplanes. He was a daring pilot. He was also
+engaged in conducting experiments with a new type of air vessel of
+his own invention which was considered of utmost importance by the
+United States government in whose employ he was. He was internationally
+known as one of the most original and successful builders of airships.
+His name was uttered with respect by scientists in every country,
+and the whole aeronautical world expected further and even more
+splendid achievements of him. He was genuinely loved and admired by
+his colleagues, while to those who were assigned to assist him in his
+laboratory work and field tests he was an ideal superior and companion
+at the same time. But all this work and glory, all this popularity,
+these personal and social triumphs brought him no consolation in this
+hour of anguish, so keen, so humiliating.
+
+There was his fame of course. But of late it had become a source of
+embarrassment to him that was as unusual as it was unwarranted. For
+some time he had been the recipient of letters from unknown people
+residing in various parts of Europe and South America, who professed
+a great interest in the work he was doing. In a subtle but persistent
+manner these people hinted that with his genius and courage he could
+make his work the foundation of a material prosperity far greater
+than he could possibly achieve as a mere government employee. The
+letters came at regular intervals and bore the seals of apparently
+well situated and even noble personages. The last letter he received
+contained a request for a personal interview to discuss a matter,
+which the writer was certain would prove of interest to Levanter and
+might rebound to the advantage of all parties concerned. Levanter was
+informed that unless he definitely made known his unwillingness to see
+the party seeking an audience with him, the latter would call at his
+residence where it was hoped there would be laid the beginning of what
+was certain to prove an amicable as well as profitable association.
+
+This, by some strange association, flashed in his mind as he lay a prey
+to disillusion and despondency. Helpless protest stirred somewhere
+between the intermittent gleams of conscious self-analysis. Defiance
+and hatred occasionally welled up within his breast. But the confusion
+and intensity of the reactions made Levanter feel only more dejected,
+and with listless resignation he abandoned himself to the tortures of
+his soul.
+
+As he thus lay and grappled with the shadows of despair the door bell
+rang. Being alone in the house, he was forced to get up and open the
+door. A tall man, immaculately dressed, asked if Mr. Levanter was at
+home and whether he could be seen alone. When the latter introduced
+himself as the gentleman in question, the stranger was visibly affected
+and, making a low bow, said he was Monsieur de Ribaud of Marseilles who
+had asked for the interview. Levanter invited him in.
+
+After a short pause the visitor said:
+
+“I have come here on an important mission. I represent an international
+group of investors who are anxious to secure your cooperation and
+guidance in a very profitable undertaking.”
+
+“What is it?” Levanter asked.
+
+The visitor looked at Levanter intently for some time, then answered:
+
+“It is something that will demand the greatest courage and grit. But
+we know you have that. Mr. Levanter, have you ever thought of the
+tremendous riches that is now being carried in airships across seas and
+continents and oceans? It is a booty worthy of the bravest.”
+
+Levanter, astonished, made no reply.
+
+“You are a genius, Mr. Levanter, and genius knows no law. Can you be
+satisfied with the paltry offering of the mediocre whom you yourself
+teach how to be rich and powerful, when you yourself have it in your
+power to command all...? Why should you live this life of small reward
+and duty, when you can make a whole world your own? You are the master
+of the air. There is no one to dispute your supremacy. Your knowledge
+and skill have built and operated marvelous machines for others, why
+not use your abilities for yourself? We propose to pay you your own
+price for the invention you are now working on. We offer you all the
+money you want for the construction of airplanes for our operations.
+And we invite you to become the head of our organization which has
+every chance of success on its side. Are these terms fair enough? I
+shall not press you for a decision right now. Whenever you are ready
+let me know at the following address (offering his card) and we shall
+have no trouble arranging the details.... Meanwhile we must part. Good
+bye, Mr. Levanter. We hope to hear from you.”
+
+Monsieur de Ribaud rose and left. Levanter remained sitting in the same
+position, dazed by the offer and its prospects.
+
+He sat thus all evening and through a long and dreary night. He thought
+of his eventful past and of his contemplated future. He thought of
+the woman whose lovely face seemed to link the two, only to mock and
+torment him and to deprive him of both. He thought of fleeing and
+secluding himself somewhere. He thought of death, of revenge, of
+tremendous hazards and overwhelming sacrifices. He thought of all those
+things that seeth and boil in the heart of a rejected lover.
+
+Then out of the black denseness of his thoughts there floated up the
+dim but piercing flicker of the offer he had been made. To his desolate
+soul it shone like a dull-red, turbid smudge of light and hope....
+It warmed and caressed and beckoned. It promised peace, revenge,
+forgetfulness and fortune....
+
+It made that answer for Levanter for which de Ribaud so very tactfully
+had refused to press.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER FIVE
+
+
+Five hundred miles from San Francisco, high over the vast expanse of
+the trackless Pacific Ocean, the airship Wilbur Wright was tearing
+through space. All of her six engines were running smoothly and
+sweetly, each turning out the power of two thousand horses, sending
+the huge airship forward at an average speed of one hundred and twenty
+miles an hour.
+
+In the navigating cabin, built into the keel and streamlined to the
+forward end of the envelope, Captain Johnstone and his officers were
+engaged in “shooting the sun” for latitude. On the forward lookout
+post, atop the envelope 90 feet higher up, stood Howard Redmond, the
+second officer, sextant glued to his eye, engaged in the same task.
+
+The passengers were spread about the ship, some taking their morning
+walk along the 1,000 foot promenade deck built on top of the envelope.
+Some were in the smoking-room playing cards, or getting up a pool on
+the day’s run. Others were in the observation saloon, lying recumbent
+in comfortable lounging chairs.
+
+Upon the after end of the promenade deck, seated in long deck chairs
+were Commander Fitzgerald and Mary Ingleton. They had gone there
+immediately after breakfast, which was served two hours after the
+airship had left San Francisco. Mrs. Ingleton was still in her cabin
+below. For some time the naval officer and his companion sat watching
+for a glimpse of the placid ocean through the occasional rifts which
+split the rolling clouds below the airship. The clouds themselves
+presented a remarkable sight as the brilliant sun played upon their
+rounded billows and gave them the appearance of gigantic puffs of
+snow-white cotton. Beneath these fleecy billows a tropical rain-storm
+was in progress, but in the sea of air through which the Wilbur Wright
+was speeding all was calm and serene, with not a single speck of cloud
+above to mar the perfect contour of the sky-blue vaulted heavens.
+
+Neither Fitzgerald nor his companion had spoken since they sat down.
+Mary was in raptures over the scene unfolded below her. Fitzgerald was
+plainly nervous. His unusually steady hands were shaking perceptibly,
+and he was constantly shifting uneasily in his chair. This became so
+noticeable at last that Mary turned to him and asked:
+
+“Don’t you feel well, Commander?”
+
+“Why do you ask that?” parried Fitzgerald.
+
+Mary paused a moment and then replied:
+
+“Well from your manner you don’t appear well. In fact you look quite
+worried.”
+
+“I’ve just been thinking about something,” answered Fitzgerald, “and
+trying to make up my mind what to do.”
+
+“Oh! do tell me,” exclaimed Mary, “maybe I can help you.”
+
+Fitzgerald suddenly sat up in his chair with an eager look in his
+eyes. Mary’s remark had brought more animation to his face than he had
+exhibited at any time since they had boarded the airship.
+
+“You can help me, Miss Ingleton,” he said eagerly; then after a
+moment’s reflection, he continued in a more dejected tone, “but I don’t
+know whether you would be willing to.”
+
+“How strange you are, Commander. What makes you think that I wouldn’t
+help you if I could?”
+
+“Well I know you could help me in this case, but it is something of
+such vital importance that I hesitate to ask you for fear you would
+refuse.”
+
+Mary looked up at him, and in a short quick glance her intuition
+divined the cause of Fitzgerald’s agitation and his cryptic remarks.
+She quickly lowered her eyes as a warm blush suffused her cheeks.
+Then with true womanly instinct she promptly attempted to change the
+embarrassing subject by exclaiming:
+
+“Oh! look Commander, there’s a break in the clouds. You can see the
+ocean now. Isn’t it wonderful?”
+
+“Yes it is,” replied Fitzgerald, “but to me it isn’t nearly as
+wonderful as you are--Mary!”
+
+He lingered longingly over her name, the first time he had used it in
+her presence. Again Mary blushed, and then in her confusion she said in
+whispering tones:
+
+“Don’t, please don’t, or I will have to leave you.”
+
+“You can’t,” exclaimed Fitzgerald, as he suddenly leaned over and
+grasped her hands. Then before she could make any move he continued in
+impassioned tones, “No! you can’t leave me until you have heard what is
+in my heart Mary. I love you Mary! I love you with all my soul. I have
+tried hard to tell you Mary, but I could never gather up sufficient
+courage. It is hard for me to tell you now. I am just a plain man. I am
+not gifted with speech, but even if I were there are no words in any
+language that could describe my feelings toward you, Mary. I have loved
+you since the first time I saw you, with a love that has grown from day
+to day. You are more than all the world to me. I want to be with you
+always. I watch for you every moment, Mary. I am unhappy and lonesome
+when you are not with me. Mary, won’t you be my wife?”
+
+The unusual fervor that gripped Fitzgerald and spurred him to unwonted
+eloquence kept him keyed up while he waited anxiously and impatiently
+for Mary to reply. He devoured her with his eyes, as with downcast
+head, she nervously twisted her hands within her lap. Thus she sat
+for several minutes trying hard to find a way to deal with the new
+and unexpected situation. She had never dreamed that Fitzgerald was
+in love with her. The excitement of the voyage, and the constant
+retrospection upon the incident with Levanter had kept her in a state
+of oblivion to the persons about her. In a way she had acted toward
+them as though they were necessary parts of her surroundings, and she
+had not given them a moment’s thought, nor paid any attention to their
+whims or moods. Therefore the proposal of Fitzgerald came to her like
+a thunderbolt out of a clear sky. She was completely non-plussed by it
+and at a loss as to what to say.
+
+She knew she did not love him. In fact so far as her feelings were
+concerned she had in an abstract way looked upon him as one commanding
+her filial respect. The thought as a possible lover had certainly never
+entered her head. As she mused, Fitzgerald’s impatience gained mastery
+over him, and Mary was suddenly awakened from the reverie his proposal
+had plunged her into, by his exclamation:
+
+“Mary dear, can’t you say something.”
+
+“Really I don’t know,” she blurted out, “I don’t know what to say. It
+would be silly to say it was so unexpected, but honestly you took me by
+surprise. I have never thought of you as a lover, Commander, really I
+haven’t, so I cannot give you an answer unless it be, ‘No.’”
+
+“No, don’t say that,” pleaded Fitzgerald, “don’t say that! I am willing
+to wait. I do love you, Mary, and nothing that ever happens can change
+the feeling. I am yours only and always. I am willing to do anything
+you say dear, but can’t you give me some little encouragement?”
+
+Mary suddenly assumed an air of dignity that seemed strange in one so
+young.
+
+“Listen Commander,” she said, “haven’t you wondered why I am making
+this trip at this time of the year? I will tell you.”
+
+She then told the story of her experience with Levanter, leaving out no
+detail of her own perturbation.
+
+“So you see Commander,” she continued, “I am not yet myself. I don’t
+know just what to say to you. I want to say ‘No,’ but I like you very
+much. As matters stand now I can’t give you any encouragement, it would
+not be right. Let us be friends, but please, please do not ask me
+again.”
+
+“Very well, Mary,” said Fitzgerald, “I will wait gladly under those
+circumstances. Maybe you will change your liking into love. I will
+certainly do all I can to bring that about. I hope so with all my
+heart. I will obey your command, for this voyage anyway, but I am going
+to ask you again dear, when I think the time has arrived.”
+
+While this scene was being enacted unobserved upon the after end of the
+ship, another incident was occurring in another part of the ship. In
+the wireless cabin just abaft the navigating room, Herbert Alexander,
+the wireless operator, sat with his legs upon the instrument table,
+the receivers fastened to his ears, and a novel in his hands. He read
+as he listened for stray calls and smoked with ease, at peace with all
+the world, dreaming between paragraphs of the Geisha girl in Yokohama
+waiting to entertain him at the end of the flight.
+
+Presently, with a bored expression on his face, he dropped the book
+and leisurely withdrew his legs from the table. His sensitive ears had
+responded to the call, WWR. WWR. WWR., of his ship. The calling station
+signed San Francisco.
+
+With a patience born of experience he waited until the operator at San
+Francisco finished, then grasping the sending key, he answered the call
+and gave the signal to go ahead. Taking one of the telegraph blanks he
+wrote down:
+
+“Be on your guard. Air pirate again operating.” This was followed by a
+brief description of the attack on the Langley.
+
+The news of the threatening danger spread like wildfire among the
+passengers. Their moods immediately changed. Upon their countenances
+appeared the shadows of deep thought, the furrows of deep anxiety and
+fear. All grew quiet and expectant.
+
+In a corner of the salon, apart from the rest stood Wing Commander
+Kenneth Fitzgerald, with Mrs. Ingleton and Mary. Mrs. Ingleton was
+very perturbed, but not so Mary. She was obviously pleased with the
+situation, for she evinced a greater interest in it than she had shown
+for months.
+
+“Just think,” she said joyously to Fitzgerald, “that we might get
+an honest to goodness adventure. Isn’t it thrilling? The girls in
+Washington will be terribly envious when they read about it. Oh! I
+do hope the old pirate shows up. I’ll be terribly disappointed if he
+doesn’t. Isn’t it terribly exciting?”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER SIX
+
+
+Throughout the night the Wilbur Wright had steadily forged ahead.
+The crew had willingly volunteered to two watches instead of three,
+consequently a more rigid lookout had been maintained at all points of
+the ship. The course lay a little more than ten degrees south of the
+Tropic of Cancer.
+
+The night had been well illuminated with a starry heaven, such as
+one sees only in tropical regions, but to the anxious watchers it
+had been passing slowly. Now at six o’clock dawn was emerging with
+tropical swiftness, to replace the star punched blackness of the sky.
+The airship was rapidly approaching the southern end of the Hawaiian
+archipelago.
+
+An hour afterward Captain Johnstone came into the navigating cabin. A
+few minutes later the towering crater of Mauna Loa, the volcanic mass
+of the Island of Hawaii, appeared on the northwestern horizon like a
+dim cloud specking the clear sky about them. It was fully three hundred
+miles away. Howard Redmond, the second officer, who was on watch at the
+time, pointed it out to the commander in the usual terse manner of the
+navigator.
+
+Captain Johnstone looked at it in an abstract manner, while in his mind
+he went over the events of the previous day. There to the northwest,
+a few hours flying distance, lay Honolulu. Not a single aircraft was
+in sight, although undoubtedly government ships were patrolling in the
+vicinity of the Hawaiian capital. He had already made his decision to
+continue flying on the more southerly course direct to Manila without
+stopping at Honolulu, but now the actual sight of Hawaii without any
+sign of the pirate had put the situation in an entirely new light.
+
+There seemed to be no question that he could make Honolulu safely,
+particularly with government craft undoubtedly but a short distance
+away. Then too, if necessary, he could leave for Manila at a different
+time from that given in the schedule, and make arrangements to keep his
+departure secret.
+
+After considering these points for some time Captain Johnstone suddenly
+made up his mind to depart from his original plan and go to Honolulu.
+Accordingly he gave orders to bring the airship about, and place her on
+the new course. After seeing these commands obeyed, he went into his
+cabin and rang for his breakfast.
+
+Half an hour later the lookout man at the observation post on top
+of the envelope shouted down through the loud speaking telephone:
+“There’s a ship three points off the port bow, Sir, very high.”
+
+Redmond rushed over to the port window in the navigating cabin and
+searched the sky. Finally he made out a tiny speck at an almost
+unbelievable altitude. For a few seconds he watched it, and then
+decided that its general appearance and position were sufficiently
+suspicious to warrant action. He sent a boy to call Captain Johnstone
+from his room. The latter who had just finished his breakfast, hurried
+to the navigating room, where Redmond told him of the strange craft
+that had just been sighted.
+
+Captain Johnstone picked up his glasses and pointed them to the distant
+object in the skies. He watched it as it swept along in apparent
+circuitious course at tremendous speed. At this time the Wilbur Wright
+was flying at an altitude of 15,000 feet. He next picked up a pair
+of altitude finders and trained them upon the stranger. After an
+observation lasting several seconds, he turned round to Redmond and
+said:
+
+“My God; it’s fully 45,000 feet above the sea! It must be a very
+unusual craft to keep that altitude. It may be the pirate. Anyway I’m
+not going to take any chances with it. We’re pretty close to Honolulu
+now, and even if it is the pirate we ought to make the airport safely.
+Please send for Mr. Alexander.”
+
+The captain then picked up his field glasses again and continued to
+watch the stranger through them. Shortly afterwards the wireless
+operator appeared in response to the captain’s call. At this very
+moment the captain observed the stranger in the skies turn around and
+then begin a wide spiral dive. All hesitation disappeared from his
+mind. Throwing down the glasses, he picked up a piece of paper and
+began to write:
+
+“Captain Smith, Naval Commander Honolulu.
+
+“Wilbur Wright in Latitude 15.20 N. Longitude 152.35 E. Strange craft
+approximate altitude 45,000 feet now spiralling toward us. Believe it
+to be pirate airplane. Please rush assistance. Johnstone.”
+
+Turning to the waiting wireless operator, he thrust the message in his
+hand and said:
+
+“Please get that off immediately, Mr. Alexander.”
+
+Then he rang for the chief steward and at the same time ordered the
+bugler to sound the alarm. Even before the steward started for the
+navigating cabin, the thoroughly alarmed passengers began to troop
+into the dining room. As soon as the former had reported to Captain
+Johnstone he was told to have the stewards make a search of the
+passengers’ quarters to see that all the passengers were in the dining
+room.
+
+“When they are all in the dining salon,” continued the Captain, “tell
+them that we have sighted a suspicious craft, and that I thought it
+best they should remain in the salon until further orders. Tell them
+we are only 400 miles from Honolulu, and that I have wirelessed for
+assistance, and that I do not think there is any danger.”
+
+The steward left to go about his task. In the wireless room Alexander
+had just got into communication with Honolulu and had started to send
+the captain’s message.
+
+By this time the passengers were in the dining salon. They were talking
+to each other in excited tones in groups at the various tables, when
+the chief steward arrived and delivered the captain’s message.
+
+At the captain’s table in the center of the salon sat Commander
+Fitzgerald with Mrs. Ingleton and her daughter. They had been in the
+dining room when the warning bugle was sounded. Mrs. Ingleton, being
+somewhat nervous, was almost terror-stricken, and Fitzgerald was doing
+his best to allay her fears. Mary however, was alive with intense
+excitement. She could hardly restrain herself from clapping her hands
+over the prospect of the adventure. “Oh! isn’t it thrilling!” she
+exclaimed.
+
+Just then one of the passengers at a window on the port side shouted
+across the room:
+
+“He’s getting very close to us. He’s coming very fast. Just look at
+him!”
+
+The passengers who had remained seated started excitedly for the
+windows. Before they could reach them there was the sound of an
+explosion followed by a sizzling, ripping sound, and the ship shook
+from stem to stern.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER SEVEN
+
+
+An air of anxiety hung over the United States Naval Station at Pearl
+Harbor on the Island of Oahu, six miles west of Honolulu. In the
+office of the commandant sat Captain James H. Smith, an expression of
+deep concern spread over his weather-beaten face. Seated with him and
+sharing his gloomy thoughts was Air Commander Heathcote, commander of
+the aerial forces using the Hawaiian archipelago as their basis.
+
+Both had just been discussing the airship Wilbur Wright which was now
+several hours overdue. Not a single word had been received from her.
+The fate of the Langley, only a few hours previously, was freshly
+engraven on their memories. In fact the passengers were still aboard
+the tramp steamer Yang-Tsze, which was ploughing its lubberly way
+toward Manila. Now there loomed up the possibility that the Wilbur
+Wright had shared the same fate.
+
+Both officers had dispatched every craft that was available under their
+command to search the seas and the air, in accordance with orders from
+Washington. All were in immediate wireless intercommunication with each
+other, but none had sighted or heard from the overdue airship.
+
+Thus they sat and discussed the possibilities of the situation while
+waiting impotently for information. Presently a messenger came in from
+the naval radio station with a penciled note from the operator. It
+stated that a distress signal had been received from the Wilbur Wright,
+but that the operator had been unable to receive it completely owing
+to interference from another station, that was working on the same
+wavelength as the Wilbur Wright.
+
+Captain Smith showed the note to Heathcote, and the two men immediately
+walked over to the wireless station. There the operator was frantically
+endeavoring to get into touch with the Wilbur Wright. Upon the entrance
+of the two commanders, the operator ceased his efforts long enough to
+advise them of what had occurred.
+
+“I heard an S.O.S. call, Sir,” he said, “and it was signed by the
+Wilbur Wright. The interference made it impossible to get the message,
+but I got parts of it. I have been trying to get the Wilbur Wright
+again, but now I don’t receive any answer at all, and the other
+station has also stopped sending. I sent out a general call too, in
+the hope that the nearby craft might answer in case the Wilbur Wright
+didn’t, but there’s no reply. Here’s what I managed to get through the
+interference.”
+
+The operator handed Captain Smith a slip of paper on which was written
+parts of a message, just as they had been received by the operator, as
+follows:
+
+“Captain Smith ** *** ** Honol * Wilbu * Wright *** itude 15.2 ** 52.35
+** craft believe ***** pirate ***”
+
+“That’s all I could get, Sir,” added the operator “and it’s just as it
+came in.”
+
+Captain Smith and Commander Heathcote both pored over the fragmentary
+message intently for several seconds. Then the former said:
+
+“It looks as though he were being attacked by the pirate and was trying
+to tell us. Those figures are undoubtedly his position.”
+
+“Yes,” said Heathcote, “that’s probably the case. The first of those
+figures is most likely to be his latitude, and the other his longitude.
+There must be a figure missing though. It’s probably 15.2 N. and 152.35
+E. It wouldn’t be a bad idea to send out some patrol craft in that
+general direction. I’ll order my outfit to proceed there immediately.
+It may be that the station interfereing was the pirate himself.”
+
+Turning to the operator Commodore Heathcote asked whether any of the
+aircraft, or the naval vessels had received the call from the airship.
+
+“I imagine they did, Sir,” replied the former, “but as soon as the call
+came in I told everybody to keep off while I took the message. They
+would probably listen in too, and take the message down, but I don’t
+think they got anything more than I did. I didn’t bother to ask them,
+because I have been busy trying to raise the Wilbur Wright ever since.
+If you want me to I’ll ask them now.”
+
+“You might as well,” said the Commodore, “and then when you get the
+flagships I’ll give you a message to send to the commanders.”
+
+The operator proceeded to send out a general call, and shortly
+afterwards received replies from the flagships of the naval unit
+and the aircraft squadron. He asked both of them whether they had
+received the message from the Wilbur Wright, and after a brief wireless
+communication learned they had received no more than he.
+
+While the operator was calling the patrol craft, the two commanders had
+picked up a chart and pin-pointed the position given in the message.
+
+“It’s about four hundred miles from here,” said Heathcote. We could
+probably get out there as soon as any of the ships on patrol duty.
+The big P. Q. flying boat is the fastest thing around here. It’s
+practically ready to take off any minute. I’m going out in her, do you
+want to come along?”
+
+“You bet,” replied Captain Smith, glad to be active, and greatly
+relieved that some of the uncertainty had passed.
+
+Heathcote turned over a message he had hurriedly written to the
+wireless operator and ordered him to send it immediately to the
+commander of the patrol aircraft. It advised the commander to proceed
+to the position given with all possible speed, and make a careful
+search within a radius of one hundred miles, and also to listen
+carefully for any wireless messages from the Wilbur Wright.
+
+The two officers then went out to the seaplane landing beach, and
+gave orders to the handling crew to get the P-Q flying boat ready.
+This was quickly obeyed, and ten minutes later the big aircraft had
+risen gracefully from the smooth waters of the harbor and was circling
+rapidly to an altitude of five thousand feet. As soon as this height
+was attained, the ship was straightened out and placed on a direct
+course to the position given in the message from the Wilbur Wright.
+Swiftly it passed over the mountainous archipelago, skirting the lofty
+peaks of the volcanoes.
+
+Two hours later the look-out man in the forward gun nest shouted back
+through the inter-communicating telephone: “There are some small
+objects in the water, Sir. I can’t make out what they are.”
+
+Commodore Heathcote took his glasses and looked down, and then ordered
+his pilot to make a landing near them. He also swept the skies in
+search of other aircraft. In the distance the war planes that had been
+on patrol duty were coming up at rapid speed. Heathcote ordered the
+wireless operator of the P-Q to tell them he was going to land and
+request them to circle around the vicinity until further orders.
+
+The pilot of the P-Q threw over the wheel control and pushed the rudder
+bar with his feet. The big flying boat nosed over and down, then
+went into a swift spiral dive. In rapid corkscrew movements it swept
+down through the air five thousand feet in sixty seconds, and then
+straightened out fifty feet above the surface of the sea. Two seconds
+later it was skimming over the smooth surface less than a hundred feet
+from the nearest boat.
+
+All doubt as to the nature of the objects in the water had now
+vanished. There were six lifeboats, and they were from the airship
+Wilbur Wright. As the flying boat taxied over towards them the
+passengers let loose a rousing cheer and waved a welcome to their
+rescuers. Through his glasses Commodore Heathcote made out the
+uniformed figure of Captain Johnstone in the leading lifeboat. He told
+his pilot to taxi over toward it. A few moments later the P-Q drew up
+alongside.
+
+“What happened, Captain?” shouted Commodore Heathcote.
+
+“We were shot down by an airplane,” replied the airship commander, “we
+have a lady passenger in serious condition and in need of immediate
+hospital attention. It is Mrs. Ingleton, Secretary of the Navy’s wife.
+Have you got any machine that would take her to Honolulu quickly? She
+is in a critical condition. As soon as you take her off I’ll come over
+and tell you what happened.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER EIGHT
+
+
+One of the patrol airplanes, in response to an order from Commodore
+Heathcote, came down and landed near the lifeboats, and transferred
+Mrs. Ingleton from the captain’s boat. It then took off and started for
+Honolulu at high speed.
+
+As soon as this operation had been completed, Captain Johnstone was
+taken off his lifeboat, aboard the P-Q, flying boat, where he was
+received in the after gunpit by the two government commanders. “I have
+wirelessed for a couple of destroyers to come along here and pick
+up the passengers and crew, Captain,” said Captain Smith. “It will
+take them a few hours to get here, and we will stand by you till they
+arrive. Tell us how it happened.”
+
+Captain Johnstone narrated the story of the second act of aerial piracy
+that was destined within a few hours to shock the world into frenzied
+action.
+
+“We had been fully warned about the Langley,” he began, “so I put the
+ship a hundred miles off her course. At first I decided to fly to
+Manila without a stop, but when we fetched up with Hawaii without any
+sign of the pirate I changed my mind and decided to make Honolulu.
+
+“I’d scarcely changed my course when the lookout man observed a strange
+craft at tremendous altitude. After an observation I figured it must
+have been at least 45,000 feet up, and it was moving rapidly in
+circles. Suddenly it commenced to spiral down toward us, and I decided
+it was no time to take chances, and I ordered my wireless operator to
+send out an S.O.S.
+
+“The stranger came down on us with terrific speed. He didn’t make a
+sound, with the exception of the hum of his propeller. He soon reached
+our level and circled around us. Then he fired a shot straight at us.
+It went clean through the middle of the envelope. I gave orders to nose
+down and land, but it was useless. The pirate was doing some great
+shooting, and he soon had us disabled.
+
+“We settled quickly and he came down after us. As soon as we had landed
+I had the boats out, and started putting the women in them. When we had
+done this he came up alongside. A man leaned out of the window in the
+body and shouted through a megaphone.
+
+“‘You’ve got a Miss Mary Ingleton of Washington on board. Where is
+she?’”
+
+“As soon as he had asked this question another man stood up in a small
+cockpit in the bows and fingered the trigger of a machine gun fixed
+there. He looked as though he meant business. I hesitated a few moments
+and tried to evade his question, but he shouted back:
+
+“‘I know she’s on board. Tell her to come right here, I want to speak
+to her. I’m not going to stand any nonsense. If she’s not here in five
+minutes, you will be placing all your passengers in danger. It’s up to
+you.’
+
+“Miss Ingleton was in my boat with her mother and Commodore Fitzgerald,
+and she heard what the stranger had said. Mrs. Ingleton immediately
+became hysterical and pleaded with me not to let her daughter go.
+Fitzgerald was also against it, as he was quite sure the pirate would
+not have the heart to endanger defenseless people. ‘All we’ve got to do
+is to stand firm against him, and he’ll weaken,’ he told me.
+
+“I was in a terrible dilemma. Naturally I didn’t want to let Miss
+Ingleton go over to the pirate, and I didn’t want to jeopardize the
+rest of the passengers. We could only see the two men on the strange
+airplane. They wore heavy flying clothes and had chamois masks over
+their faces. I imagine that was for the high altitudes they were
+flying, as well as for the purpose of disguise. While I was trying to
+figure a way out, Miss Ingleton got up and said:
+
+“‘Let’s row over there, Captain. It won’t do any harm to talk to him
+and find out what he wants.’
+
+“I gave the order and my crew pulled away until we came within a few
+feet of the airplane. As we drew up the fellow in the cabin leaned out
+and asked:
+
+“‘Have you got Miss Ingleton on board that boat. Where is she?’
+
+“Before I could answer Miss Ingleton stood up and said:
+
+“‘Here I am, what do you want?’
+
+“‘We want you to come on board here,’ he replied. ‘If you do so we will
+let the rest of the passengers alone. If you don’t come willingly we’ll
+be compelled to use force.’
+
+“To this Miss Ingleton answered: ‘I’ve got my mother with me, can she
+come too?’
+
+“‘No, we only want you,’ the fellow replied.
+
+“Mrs. Ingleton began to cry hysterically. ‘Don’t go Mary, don’t go,
+I’m afraid.’ Her daughter spoke to her soothingly a few minutes and
+tried to console her. Miss Ingleton was not in the least afraid and was
+acting very calmly. I overheard her say to her mother: ‘I can take care
+of myself, mother dear, don’t worry, you don’t want to make all these
+other poor people suffer, do you. We can’t stop this man from doing
+what he wants. If I don’t go willingly he can get me by force. I don’t
+know what he wants, but he will probably let me come right back again.’
+
+“After a little more pleading Miss Ingleton stood up again and shouted
+over to the man in the airplane: ‘Alright, I’ll come over now.’
+
+“I went to her, and said: ‘It’s funny that he should know that you were
+on board. Do you recognize his voice.’ She said that as far as she knew
+it was the first time she had heard it. It was quite strange to her
+and she did not recognize it at all. I was trying to get a clue to the
+man’s identity by asking her that question, but she couldn’t help me.
+
+“When we came up alongside, the fellow stood in the doorway of the
+cabin and assisted Miss Ingleton on board. While he was doing this the
+other man in the gun cockpit stood over us with a revolver in his hand.
+As soon as Miss Ingleton was on board the airplane the fellow in the
+doorway ordered us to shove off and lay clear. I tried to look into
+the small doorway while we were alongside, but he stood so full in the
+small aperture that it was impossible to see anything.
+
+“As soon as we fell away the cabin door was closed, and the airplane
+started over to where the Wilbur Wright was lying awash in the water.
+He evidently had a marine screw for use on the water, as his propellers
+were not working. I saw some of the crew go aboard the disabled
+airship. There seemed to be five of them. Whether any remained I don’t
+know. They were there for upwards of twenty minutes, and during that
+time one of them was engaged in passing most of the valuable cargo from
+the airship to the airplane. Then they all got aboard the airplane
+again and taxied away about a hundred yards. From that position they
+opened fire on the Wilbur Wright and continued firing until she sank.
+
+“Suddenly the propellers of the airplane began to whirl around, and in
+a few seconds she was in the air. She climbed with incredible speed and
+disappeared in no time. We could not hear any motor sound at all, and
+there was apparently no room for the motors where the propellers were
+housed. The propellers must have been connected to the motors by means
+of gears.
+
+“As soon as the airplane disappeared Mrs. Ingleton collapsed
+completely. She had been buoyed up by the hope that her daughter would
+come back, but now that the pirate had left without hesitation she was
+heartbroken. We tried our best to console and revive her, but it was of
+no avail.
+
+“After the pirate had disappeared I made the rounds of the boats to
+find whether all my passengers and crew were safe. In the hurry we had
+not had time to make a roll call. The round showed all the passengers
+were safely on board with the exception of Miss Ingleton. All the
+crew were also on board, except the second officer Howard Redmond,
+who is missing. I made inquiries, but no one seems to have seen him
+anywhere on the ship. I am afraid he is lost. I can’t account for his
+disappearance. He must have got tangled up somewhere in the ship and
+gone down with her.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER NINE
+
+
+The sinking of the airship Wilbur Wright by the unknown aerial pirate,
+coming as it did twenty four hours after the airship Langley had been
+shot down, shocked the entire world, and caused a wave of anxiety to
+surge through every civilized country. “Where will he strike next?” was
+the thought on every mind.
+
+Its immediate effect was the wholesale cancellation of all commercial
+air transport schedules along the Pacific railways, completely
+isolating Australia and the Orient from rapid communication with the
+rest of the world.
+
+This was followed by a universal demand that the pirate be tracked down
+and brought to justice. Throughout the North American continent there
+was an insistent demand by every newspaper for immediate action in
+running down the menace.
+
+The question was immediately brought up before the executive committee
+of the League of Nations, but at the request of the American member it
+was decided to allow the United States Government to patrol the airways
+and apprehend the pirate, particularly as only American ships had been
+attacked thus far.
+
+The news of the Wilbur Wright attack brought the utmost consternation
+to official Washington. To the Secretary of the Navy it brought the
+added fear for his daughter’s safety and anxiety over the seriousness
+of his wife’s condition. With his daughter actually in the power of the
+unknown pirate, he was fearful lest harm should come to her when the
+forces of the government bore down upon the outlaw.
+
+This fear weighed so heavily upon him that he gave expression to it at
+the cabinet meeting which was called at once by the President to plan
+the campaign against the pirate. As soon as the meeting was called to
+order Secretary Ingleton arose and addressing the President, gave voice
+to his fears and concluded by saying: “Therefore Mr. President I desire
+to be excused from taking any part in formulating the plans that will
+be devised to run down this man, because I feel my judgement might be
+influenced by fears for my daughter’s safety. I will, however, pledge
+myself to carry out as far as possible, wherever my department is
+concerned, any plans that my colleagues may decide upon.”
+
+The President and the other members of the cabinet expressed their
+sympathy with the Secretary of the Navy and assured him that in the
+plans laid down every possible precaution would be taken to insure the
+safety of his daughter.
+
+Then George Cowl, Secretary of Air, arose and read an official cipher
+cablegram he had received from Commodore Heathcote describing the
+attack on the Wilbur Wright in detail.
+
+“You will see,” he said, after reading the cablegram, “that its details
+coincide exactly with those of the attack on the Langley. The methods
+adopted in both cases are practically identical, except of course for
+the abduction of Miss Ingleton. In fact to me there seems to be no
+possibility of any doubt as to the pirate being the same in both cases.
+The chances of there being two pirates operating in that vicinity are
+extremely remote.
+
+“In laying our plans to hunt him down there is one important point to
+bear in mind. He cannot operate without a base. He must have a base to
+replenish his fuel, food and execute whatever repairs are necessary to
+his machine after each flight.
+
+“It seems to me that our first task is to locate this base. It must be
+on one of the Islands in the mid-Pacific groups. Another problem which
+we must solve is this: What is his method of keeping his base supplied
+with the necessary stores?
+
+“These are two very important points, and I think it would be wise
+to investigate whether any coast vessels have been carrying cargoes
+necessary to airplane maintenance, and whether they have been destined
+to unusual places. It would also be a good plan to make inquiries at
+all aircraft factories to ascertain whether they had by any chance
+constructed the machine used by the pirate. Even from the meagre
+description we have of the machine one gathers that its design is quite
+out of the ordinary, and should be easy to trace if it was constructed
+by any ordinary manufacturer.
+
+“The next thing in my opinion would be to issue explicit instructions
+to all the naval radio operators in the Pacific. The incident yesterday
+when the pirate shot down the Wilbur Wright and then inquired for Miss
+Ingleton shows that he must be equipped with wireless, because there is
+no other way in which he could have known she was on board.
+
+“The fact that he has wireless on board and uses it is borne out by
+what occurred when the Wilbur Wright sent out an S.O.S. call. The
+operator at Pearl Harbor was unable to get the complete message because
+of interference, which, judging from all the facts in the case, could
+have come from no one else except the pirate.
+
+“Under these circumstances I would suggest that a description of his
+signals be obtained from the Pearl Harbor station operator and sent out
+by rush cable to all the other operators with instructions to listen
+for them at all times.
+
+“Then I would also suggest that the operators at Pearl Harbor, Guam and
+Manila be instructed to adjust their Direction Finder apparatus on the
+pirate immediately they hear him, and get a bearing on him. In this
+way we might possibly be able to trace him to the base. We could also
+arrange a new code for the operators to use in transmitting the results
+of their Direction Finding bearings. This code should also be rushed
+to them by cable, with the request that they repeat it back to us, so
+that there will be no chance of any error.
+
+“So much for that phase. We must now lay plans for tracking him down
+with patrols. In my opinion we must proceed with this on well organized
+lines, and should use both naval and aircraft units. The latter should
+be fast scouts with long cruising range. Dirigibles are too slow for
+this work, I think, and too vulnerable against this man. We must
+arrange a complete co-ordination between the wireless and the patrol
+units, and the latter should be advised of all codes.
+
+“In this connection I have just received an interesting cable from
+Commander Fitzgerald who was a passenger on the Wilbur Wright. Here it
+is. He says:
+
+“‘Respectfully request that I be given opportunity of leading any
+expedition against airplane which shot down airships. As Miss Ingleton
+was under my escort I feel it a personal duty to see no harm comes to
+her and that she be safely restored to her parents. I am anxious to go
+after the pirate, and strongly urge my request be granted.’
+
+“Now Fitzgerald had ample opportunity of getting a comprehensive idea
+of the attacking airplane, and he observed it both on the water and
+in the air. Therefore he is the logical man for the job. Moreover,
+he undoubtedly feels he has been remiss in the pledge to look after
+Mrs. Ingleton and her daughter and seeks to atone, although personally
+I do not think there is anything else he could have done under
+the circumstances. I propose putting him in command of the pursuit
+forces and having Commodore Heathcote at Honolulu in charge of base
+operations. I think that Honolulu would be the best place to base the
+expedition because of its central location to the apparent field of the
+pirate’s operations.
+
+“I think that we should have at least twelve squadrons of pursuit
+airplanes for the task, and while they should be based on Honolulu for
+repairs and refitting, I am in favor of having each squadron located at
+some particular island so that it can be concentrated rapidly at any
+particular spot the pirate is reported in.
+
+“The task of running down the pirate should be carried out by a double
+arrangement, first a daily patrol and second a special concentrated
+patrol. In the first case I would suggest that the squadrons be located
+on islands approximately five hundred miles apart and that each
+squadron be assigned to patrol a definite territory of approximately
+five hundred miles square. This could be done each day with four
+airplanes, leaving each squadron with fourteen machines in reserve for
+emergency.
+
+“The patrolling airplanes would keep in constant wireless communication
+with their squadron headquarters, and all the squadron headquarters
+should be linked together by wireless or cable. The airplanes held in
+reserve by each squadron will be kept in readiness at all times, and
+in the event of a patrol airplane sighting the pirate, the reserve
+machines will concentrate on the spot as soon as possible, after
+receiving the wireless report. It would also be well to determine
+the types of naval vessels to use, and the manner in which they can
+co-operate with the aircraft.
+
+“Those are my views gentlemen, but I am willing and anxious to
+co-operate in any other plan that you may adopt.”
+
+As Secretary Cowl finished, and even before he could sit down, a murmur
+of approval swept through the room, and one or two of the cabinet
+members actually clapped their hands in applauding the general plan
+outlined by the head of the Air Department. For a few seconds there was
+a spirited discussion as the members went over the points of Cowl’s
+suggestions. Then John F. Seeley, the Secretary of War, arose and said:
+
+“The Secretary of Air has stated the case concisely and admirably. I
+agree absolutely with all his main points and heartily concur in the
+methods he had so masterly proposed to meet the menacing situation.
+There is, however, one phase of the situation that he only touched
+upon--the use of naval craft in the pursuit.
+
+“Under normal circumstances we would await the pronouncement of our
+colleague of the Navy Department upon that subject, but in view of his
+statement at the outset of this meeting I am presuming to venture a
+suggestion in his place.
+
+“Before I do so, however, I want to state that there may be a very
+grave question as to the efficacy of a surface patrol in this
+situation, and I would very urgently suggest that before anything
+definite is done that we consult with the experts of the Navy
+Department as to the utility and feasibility of using naval vessels.
+
+“Should they decide that it would be feasible to use them, it seems to
+me that since we are dealing solely with an aviation problem there are
+only two classes of naval craft that can be at all considered in this
+question--namely, destroyers and fast, light scout cruisers. Even these
+are inadequate so far as speed is concerned, but we might find them
+useful in long range, continuous patrol work.
+
+“In using naval craft we must determine the amount of territory that we
+are going to patrol. Having definitely done this, we can then decide
+the exact number of vessels we shall require under the plan that I am
+going to propose to you.
+
+“From the vantage point of a destroyer’s decks or lookouts the skies
+can be swept for a radius of approximately thirty miles. Therefore my
+plan is this:--place flotillas of destroyers or squadrons of scout
+cruisers on the ocean, each vessel to take a station sixty miles from
+its neighbor in any direction. These vessels are to do patrol duty at a
+predetermined speed along definite courses arranged so that the patrol
+is constantly maintained over the same stretches of water. At no time
+during the patrol must the sending apparatus of the wireless be used
+by any vessel, but the operator on each ship must maintain a constant
+watch at his receiver.
+
+“All these vessels should be equipped with a low powered wireless
+sending apparatus. I believe such sets are available, and the radio
+engineer should be instructed to adjust them so that they have a range
+no greater than sixty-five miles.
+
+“If at any time it is necessary for the patrol craft to
+intercommunicate they would use these sets for the purpose. In cases of
+emergency they could use their regular sending apparatus.
+
+“In the event of the pirate being observed the word will be passed
+along the lines by the wireless sets. In this connection I would
+suggest a simple code to express that fact, which could be followed
+by the figures of the position. For instance the letter O could be
+used to express the meaning ‘pirate observed’. Suppose he were seen in
+Longitude 178 E. and Latitude 12 N.; the signal sent along the lines
+would be 'O 178 12'.
+
+“Immediately upon receipt of such a signal the vessels of the flotilla
+would proceed to the general vicinity of that position at full speed
+and render such assistance with their anti-aircraft guns as would be
+possible under the circumstances.
+
+“That is the general plan I have to suggest, gentlemen. If it is
+feasible the next question to be determined will be the extent of the
+territory we must cover by this means.”
+
+A large map of the Pacific Ocean was spread across the table before
+the members of the cabinet, and they had all studied it during the
+discussion. At this stage the President said:
+
+“Well, gentlemen, if it is found feasible by the naval experts to use
+naval vessels in this work, don’t you think that it would be advisable,
+in order to save valuable time, to authorize the Secretary of the Navy
+to go ahead along the lines of the plan that Mr. Seeley has outlined,
+or along similar lines that may be suggested by the naval staff. I
+also think that Mr. Cowl should be authorized to proceed under the
+admirable plan that he has put forward for the forces controlled by his
+department.
+
+“Before we go any further, however, I would like to state, in
+connection with Mr. Seeley’s suggestion, that I have been studying
+the map of the Pacific ocean. Of course I am not an expert, but at a
+glance, it seemed to me that if naval vessels were used at all, it
+would be a very good scheme to use them in a belt between the Hawaiian
+archipelago and the Marshall Island group to the eastward. How much
+territory would that involve Mr. Ingleton?”
+
+“Why, roughly speaking, Mr. President,” replied the secretary of the
+navy after a quick calculation, “it would mean a belt of about two
+thousand miles in length, and I presume three hundred miles in width.
+This would not be impossible. In 1919, within our own memory, the Navy
+Department spread out a network of destroyers across the Atlantic Ocean
+over a distance as long, although not so wide, in connection with the
+first flight across that ocean with the historic old NC seaplanes that
+are now in the Smithsonian Institute. So far as the physical aspects
+are concerned, such a patrol would not be impossible.”
+
+“That’s what I thought,” said the president. “There is another thing
+that suggests itself to me, and it is this: Why not take advantage
+of the location of the mid-Pacific islands as lookout positions,
+place observers on each of them, and make them part of the general
+observation system, with instructions to the observers to report
+immediately to Honolulu if they should happen to sight the pirate.
+
+“Well, gentlemen, I propose that the different departments be empowered
+to put the suggestions made here to practical use. The details of each
+scheme can be worked out by the experts and then be put into operation.”
+
+Before any reply could be made to this suggestion, Secretary Ingleton
+broke in and said:
+
+“Mr. President, the fears that beset me constantly arise in my mind,
+and I cannot overcome them. I feel that in the circumstances I am
+in no condition to actively prosecute the affairs of my department,
+particularly as the most pressing problem of the department is in
+connection with the cause of my own troubles. Therefore I desire
+to tender my resignation right now, and transfer my department to
+abler hands. I will send you, Mr. President, the formal notice of my
+resignation as soon as this meeting is concluded, and I implore you to
+accept it in the interests of the country. I am going to the Orient to
+cheer my wife and aid in the search of my daughter.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TEN
+
+
+For two months after the attack on the Wilbur Wright the airways of
+the Pacific Ocean remained free from the activities of the unknown and
+mysterious flying pirate. The aerial transport companies slowly and
+cautiously resumed their schedules as the government patrol system
+steadily increased in efficiency and scope.
+
+Although the pirate had apparently suspended his operations, the
+government had gone ahead with the organized plan developed at
+Washington for dealing with the menace caused by his advent. By the end
+of two months squadron after squadron of fighting airplanes had been
+dispatched to the Pacific, and had taken up the duty of patrolling the
+airways.
+
+Under the plan of stationing a squadron at every available island as
+nearly as possible within five hundred miles of each other, squadrons
+had already been distributed and established as follows:
+
+Squadron No. 1, at Johnston Island, Hawaiian Archipelago.
+
+Squadron No. 2, at Wake Island.
+
+Squadron No. 3, at Jaluit Island, Marshall group.
+
+Squadron No. 4, at Ponape Island, Eastern Carolines.
+
+Squadron No. 5, at Truk Island, Middle Carolines.
+
+Squadron No. 6, at Yap Island, Pelew group.
+
+Squadron No. 7 at Guam.
+
+Squadron No. 8 at Asuncion, Marianas.
+
+In addition to these, six reserve squadrons had their base at Honolulu
+and were operating temporarily from the islands of Midway, Laysan,
+Necker, Kauai, Oahu and Hawaii. All of the first eight squadrons were
+now definitely engaged in patrolling the airways east of Honolulu. To
+the westward the reserve squadrons and other squadrons on the Pacific
+coast of the United States were doing similar work. Wing Commander
+Fitzgerald in charge of pursuit operations had taken up headquarters
+with squadron No. 2 on Wake Island as the most centrally located.
+
+The squadrons on the islands had each twelve airplanes in reserve at
+all times. Their headquarters had been linked together with special
+cable arrangements wherever facilities permitted. Where cables did not
+exist special wireless stations had been installed, and the code system
+had been definitely agreed upon.
+
+The big naval wireless stations at Honolulu, Guam and Manila had been
+designated to control all operations within their respective zones,
+and the Honolulu station was in supreme charge of the entire situation
+so far as wireless was concerned. Each of the three big stations was
+equipped with the latest type of Direction Finder apparatus.
+
+Thus slowly, methodically and persistently the government laid the
+trap which it hoped would ensnare the man who had caused the havoc
+that threatened to entirely disrupt all aerial transportation. As yet,
+however, the quarry had refused to snap at the bait and in fact had
+apparently vanished completely so far as information revealed. The
+routine of the organized plan, however, was continued daily, with an
+occasional alarm to test the efficiency of the system.
+
+Commodore Heathcote at Honolulu, who was in control of all base
+operations, had taken a keen interest in all the plans for the pursuit
+of the pirate and had personally tested all the arrangements. More
+particularly was he interested in the wireless arrangements for
+co-operating with the aerial fleets.
+
+As soon as he was appointed, he made it a point of going to the naval
+radio station at Honolulu and familiarizing himself with the methods
+employed by the operators in picking up the signals of the pirate and
+getting his location in the event the latter should use his wireless
+apparatus. He listened attentively as the chief operator explained to
+him the working of the Direction Finder.
+
+“The theory of its operation is very simple, Sir,” said the latter,
+“although some complicated calculations enter into the working out of
+a position due to certain variations that have to be determined and
+allowed for.”
+
+“You see this loop of wire around this frame,” continued the operator
+pointing to a large square wooden frame, around the edge of which a
+wire was wound several times in parallel loops, with the two ends of
+the wire attached to another piece of apparatus. “Well it was found
+several years ago that such a ‘loop’ produced peculiar results when
+placed in the path of a train of electro-magnetic waves. It was found
+that if the edge of the loop was pointed toward the direction from
+which the waves were coming, signals would be recorded on the apparatus
+connected with it. In other words a small current was induced in the
+coil which was then registered by the delicate detectors and recording
+instruments.
+
+“Now if the coil is turned so that its edge is at right angles to the
+path of the waves there is absolutely no current induced in it. In
+fact the moment the edge of the coil is turned away, either to the
+right or the left, from the true direction of the wireless waves, the
+signals immediately decrease in strength, and this decrease is more
+pronounced the more the coil is turned toward the right angle position.
+As a matter of fact the amount of current picked up by the loop is so
+small that we have to employ apparatus that amplifies or increases the
+effect produced by the current, consequently signals picked up from
+long distance are only received when the edge of the coil is pointing
+directly towards them.
+
+“As you see, we use a compass with the Direction Finder. With that
+we are able to get the bearing of the coil in degrees as soon as the
+adjustment for the strongest signals has been completed. That bearing
+of course tells us in what direction the station sending out the
+messages is located. Of course there have to be allowances made for
+magnetic deviation and certain other factors, but they are all charted
+and comparatively easy to apply.”
+
+“That’s very interesting,” said Commodore Heathcote, “very interesting,
+but as I understand it that only gives you the direction of the sending
+station. How do you find his exact location?”
+
+“Well, we do that with the aid of two known wireless stations and
+triangulation,” replied the operator. “It’s done this way. Take for
+instance the station at Guam and this station. Suppose there is a ship
+at sea between us that is sending out signals, and we wish to determine
+its exact location. First of all I get a bearing on the ship with my
+Direction Finder, and of course Guam is doing the same thing with
+its apparatus at the same time. Now we know the exact latitude and
+longitude of both Guam and this station. As soon as I get the bearing I
+take a chart and then work out the angle of the bearing to our meridian
+of longitude and continue the resulting line of that angle across the
+chart.
+
+“Guam then tells me what bearing he has obtained on the ship. I
+repeat the operation by obtaining the angle of Guam’s bearing to his
+meridian, and also continue the line across the chart. Somewhere on
+the chart the two lines will cross each other, and the point where
+they cross is the exact location of the ship that is sending out the
+wireless signals. If the ship is moving we repeat the process in a
+couple of hours, and that gives us an exact line on the course the ship
+is following. That’s how it is done, Sir.”
+
+“By George!”, exclaimed Heathcote, “that’s wonderful. Now I’m sorry
+I didn’t pay more attention to wireless. Why, there are marvelous
+possibilities in that. The more I think of it the more it appears to be
+the only way in which we shall be able to track this fellow down. God
+help him if ever he opens his wireless mouth.”
+
+“If he does, Sir, we’ll get him sure,” said the operator with the
+earnestness of conviction.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER ELEVEN
+
+
+Day after day had passed in continuous patrol by the aircraft
+units without event. The concentrated destroyer and cruiser patrol
+discussed by the President and his cabinet in Washington had not been
+established, as the experts of the naval staff had considered it would
+be ineffectual in the circumstances. By this time practically all the
+aircraft of the aerial patrol developed in detail at the conference in
+Washington had been placed at their respective posts over the Pacific
+Ocean, and the whole plan was functioning well. The airway had remained
+clear so far as anything of piratical intent was concerned, and the
+aerial transit lines were very close to normal again.
+
+So the daily round of routine passed until one morning, about ten weeks
+after the pirate had made his conspicuous advent, the operator at the
+Honolulu naval wireless station was suddenly moved into intensive
+concentration by strange signals in the receivers about his ears.
+Although they were continuous wave signals and lacked the individuality
+of the old type spark signals, there was nevertheless a very familiar
+aspect about the sending itself that caused the operator to pay the
+closest attention to the signals.
+
+Switching hurriedly to the Direction Finder apparatus he began to work
+feverishly with the searching coil, moving it around slowly within
+the radius of a narrow arc as he adjusted the delicate receiving
+instruments connected with it. While he worked with excited but
+skillful haste, he turned around to his assistant and exclaimed:
+
+“I’ve got the pirate. Get Manila and Guam on the cable quick. Tell them
+to get a bearing on him. He’s using a five thousand meter wave. Rush it
+before he stops sending.”
+
+The assistant jumped to the table where the cable apparatus was located
+and in a few seconds had flashed the news across the Pacific that set
+the operators at the other two control stations busy.
+
+“Gee!”, yelled the chief operator in delight after a few more seconds
+intensive work, “I’ve got my bearing on him. If the other fellows hurry
+up they can get one too before he stops. Get Mr. Heathcote on the
+’phone. Tell him we’ve got the pirate, and that we’ve got a bearing on
+him. My bearing reads W by S 78. Rush it quick now. This looks like the
+best chance we may get.”
+
+In response to the telephone message Commodore Heathcote came rushing
+over to the wireless station personally.
+
+“Have you heard from Manila or Guam yet?” he inquired.
+
+“Not yet, Sir,” replied the operator.
+
+“Is the pirate still sending?”
+
+“No Sir, he stopped just before you came in.”
+
+At this moment the cable instruments began to work, and the assistant
+operator read out aloud each word from off the tape as it came in:
+
+“Guam--got--bearing--on--pirate--just--before--he
+stopped--sending--but not--finally--adjusted--for
+maximum--signals--bearing--as--obtained--is--E by S 82.”
+
+“Fine,” said Commodore Heathcote, “you say yours was W by S 78.
+Alright, give me that chart.”
+
+Quickly and steadily the air officer worked out the triangulation
+of the bearing on the chart, first obtaining the bearing line on
+the Honolulu reading, then one from the Guam bearing. When this was
+completed he continued the resulting lines across the chart until they
+crossed one another.
+
+“That puts him roughly in latitude 16.50 N. and longitude 179 W.” he
+mused to himself, “Let’s see now, that’s about 700 miles from Wake
+Island, and--er--about 500 miles from Johnston Island.”
+
+Turning to the operator he said: “Get Commander Fitzgerald on the cable
+at Wake Island quickly. Tell him we have heard the pirate sending by
+wireless from Latitude 16.50 N. and Longitude 179 W. Tell him to rush
+to that position at full speed with every available machine in his
+squadron. Tell him that we will advise him by wireless code of any
+change in the pirate’s position we may get. If he doesn’t hear from us
+again, tell him to make a general search of that vicinity as soon as
+he arrives there. By the way you haven’t heard from Manila, have you?”
+
+“No, Sir.”
+
+“Alright, get Wake Island first, then when you have sent the message
+call up Manila and ask him if he got a bearing. If he did we may be
+able to work out a more definite position.”
+
+The assistant operator at the cable complied with the Commodore’s
+request, and in a few moments got an acknowledgment of the receipt of
+the message from Wake Island. Then he called up Manila. After a short
+conversation with the operator at the latter station, he told the
+Commodore that Manila had not been able to get his instruments adjusted
+properly before the pirate stopped sending.
+
+“Alright, never mind, we’ll do the best we can with this,” said
+Commodore Heathcote, “Let’s see now, there’s no cable at Johnston
+Island is there? Well, I don’t know whether it would be advisable to
+notify the squadron there by wireless or not. The position that we
+would have to give with the message would tip the pirate off that we
+were on his trail. Wait a little while till we hear from Fitzgerald,
+and then I’ll tell you what to do. In any case it will not take the
+machines at Johnston Island so long to get to the position as it will
+Fitzgerald’s squadron.”
+
+About five minutes later a cable reply was received from Commodore
+Fitzgerald at Wake Island. It said that fourteen airplanes of the
+squadron stationed on the island were ready to take off and would
+start out immediately to the position given.
+
+“That’s fine,” said Heathcote, “it will take them about three and a
+half hours to get there. Fitzgerald will undoubtedly use his judgment
+in spreading his forces so as to cover as wide an area as possible.
+Keep our ears open for the pirate, and if he sends again get a bearing
+on him if possible so that we can get an idea of the course he is
+following. Tell Manila and Guam the same thing over the cable. Don’t
+use your wireless at all. I’ll be back again soon and let you know when
+to advise the Johnston Island squadron. If you get another position let
+me know immediately.”
+
+“Alright sir,” replied the operator.
+
+Before Commodore Heathcote got to the door, the operator at the cable
+instruments called to him to wait a moment as a message was coming. A
+few seconds later, he said:
+
+“It’s from Wake Island, sir, he says that Commander Fitzgerald with
+fourteen airplanes has just left in pursuit of the pirate.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TWELVE
+
+
+For two hours after Commander Fitzgerald and his squadron left Wake
+Island a wireless silence reigned over the Pacific Ocean. Throughout
+that period the operators at the naval wireless stations of Honolulu,
+Guam and Manila sat with the telephone receivers glued to their ears
+listening with concentrated attention for the slightest sound from the
+pirate.
+
+In the meantime the squadron of pursuit airplanes was speeding over the
+vast reaches of the ocean at slightly better than two hundred miles
+an hour toward the position given in the cable message from Honolulu.
+They were now within a flying distance of one hour and a half from that
+spot. The question revolving in the mind of Commander Fitzgerald as he
+sped along was the probability of the pirate rushing along from the
+position given at a speed equal to, or even greater than their own. The
+next two hours would determine that all important point.
+
+Suddenly in all three of the great naval wireless station the signals
+from the pirate’s airplane were heard again simultaneously. Clearly
+and distinctly they came across the intervening space. Apparently the
+operator on board was merely trying out his apparatus because he was
+not sending out any intelligible message. Nevertheless the operators
+at the naval stations took full advantage of the situation and trained
+their Direction Finders on him. A few moments work and all three
+obtained bearings before the pirate operator ceased sending.
+
+“’Phone Commodore Heathcote quick,” yelled the chief operator at the
+Honolulu station to his assistant. This done he continued, “Now get
+Guam and Manila and ask them if they got bearings.”
+
+Before the cable queries were sent and answered Commodore Heathcote
+entered the station.
+
+“What do you make it this time?” he inquired breathlessly.
+
+“Why, Sir, it’s very strange,” said the operator, “but my reading
+is exactly the same as last time. I’m waiting to see what Guam and
+Honolulu say so that I can check up with them.”
+
+“Here’s the Guam report now,” broke in the assistant operator from the
+cable table. “It says ‘my bearing is the same as last time. I made two
+adjustments but obtained the same results each time.’”
+
+“Alright,” said Heathcote, “Now call up Manila and see if by any chance
+he has succeeded in getting a reading. He was forewarned this time, and
+may have got a bearing. If he has it will act as a complete check on
+the position.”
+
+After a few seconds’ work, the operator at the cable instruments got up
+and said: “Yes sir, he obtained a bearing, and he reports that it is E
+by N 87.”
+
+“That’s good, let’s see what it shows,” replied Heathcote as he picked
+up a chart and commenced to work upon it.
+
+“By George!” he continued a few moments later, “that absolutely
+confirms your first observation and puts the position at 16.50 N.,
+179 W. The only explanation I can give for it is that the pirate has
+been flying in circles around that general vicinity, probably for the
+purpose of picking up and attacking some commercial airship. If he
+only keeps there, Fitzgerald will get to him within the next hour. We
+couldn’t have wished for anything better.”
+
+“Shall I advise Commander Fitzgerald by wireless, sir?” asked the
+operator.
+
+“No,” replied Heathcote, “keep quiet. Fitzgerald is going to that
+position as fast as he can get there. He will continue on his course
+I’m sure, even though he does not hear from us, and it will bring him
+there shortly. If you send any signals now it will tip the pirate off.
+Fitzgerald will be able to tackle him with his squadron, and won’t need
+any assistance. This looks like a great chance to get this fellow. I
+don’t think it would be wise to send the Johnston Island squadron after
+him. No, the best thing we can do now is to keep quiet. Tell Guam and
+Manila the same thing. Tell them under no circumstances to use their
+wireless again without instructions from us.”
+
+For the next hour Heathcote remained in the wireless station. Both he
+and the chief operator were in a state of suppressed excitement. The
+latter listened intently for the slightest sound. In their minds both
+conjured up a picture of the dramatic scene that they were certain
+was about to be enacted close to the central meridian of the eastern
+world, a scene they felt sure would cause a thrill to surge throughout
+civilization. The minutes ticked slowly by until more than an hour
+passed since the second reading had been obtained. Then across the
+ether came this signal from Fitzgerald’s airplane:
+
+“PCG.”
+
+That was all. Heathcote, keenly alert, had noticed the almost
+imperceptible movement of the operator as the signal commenced and
+leaned over his shoulder as the latter wrote down the three letter
+signal.
+
+“Good,” exclaimed the commodore, “that means he has sighted the pirate.
+Now things will begin to happen in a few minutes. Everything depends
+upon the speed and maneuvrability of the pirate machine. If it is no
+better than our own machines we’ll get him sure.”
+
+Patiently the three men in the wireless station waited for what seemed
+an eternity. Then suddenly there came this signal:
+
+“AE.”
+
+“That means he has engaged the pirate,” said Heathcote, “and has opened
+fire. Keep your ears open now for everything that comes along. There’s
+nothing more we can do but wait.”
+
+And wait they did. For thirty long minutes not a sound came from the
+spot in the vast Pacific where was being fought the momentous battle
+in the skies that was to determine the immediate future of commercial
+transport. At the end of that period Heathcote could no longer restrain
+his impatience. He said to the operator:
+
+“Send out a call to Fitzgerald and ask him what has happened if you can
+get him.”
+
+The operator obeyed. For several minutes he called repeatedly, but
+could get no reply. Suddenly at the end of ten minutes he began to
+adjust his receiving apparatus very carefully with his right hand,
+while with his left hand he pressed the telephone receiver tightly into
+his ear. He continued this for several minutes and then with a sigh of
+disappointment relaxed.
+
+“What’s the trouble,” asked Commodore Heathcote.
+
+“I couldn’t raise Commander Fitzgerald’s ship,” replied the operator,
+“but I heard very faint signals that sounded like the sending of the
+pirate operator. I thought perhaps he was using a small powered set.
+I tried to amplify the signals, but it was no use. He was sending
+something but I couldn’t make out what it was.”
+
+“That’s strange,” said the air officer, “I wonder what’s happened.
+In any case if that was the pirate it means that he is still flying,
+otherwise he wouldn’t be sending by wireless. I wonder why Fitzgerald
+doesn’t reply.”
+
+“Oh, here he is now, sir,” said the operator, “he’s sending something.
+Wait now.”
+
+Picking up a pencil the operator began to write the following:
+
+“Why do you impose such a condition. Why don’t you act like a man. You
+ought to take a fair chance or none at all.”
+
+“Is that what he said?” asked Heathcote, and receiving an answer in the
+affirmative continued, “I wonder what he means? That certainly sounds
+funny.”
+
+The operator listened in for several minutes but no further messages
+were sent. He had just made up his mind to call up Fitzgerald when
+signals began coming in. Turning to Commodore Heathcote the operator
+exclaimed.
+
+“Here’s Commander Fitzgerald calling us now, Sir.”
+
+The operator answered the call, and then began to write:
+
+“Heathcote Honolulu: We sighted the pirate flying in circles at
+approximate altitude of twenty-five thousand. At that time we were
+in widespread formation at fifteen thousand. I gave order to ascend
+to twenty-five thousand. The pirate continued flying on his circular
+course until we came within range.
+
+“I ordered our machines to open fire at three thousand yards, and
+the pirate returned it. Suddenly he straightened out his course and
+commenced to fly due north. We followed up, but he evidently had
+greatly superior speed and greater climbing ability. We started the
+chase but he soon outdistanced us, and he is now disappearing over the
+northern horizon. We were making two hundred miles an hour, but he must
+be doing close to three hundred miles an hour. We were hopelessly
+outclassed. Just as he was disappearing we received a call from him by
+wireless. He sent us the following message:
+
+“‘You took us by surprise today, and we weren’t ready to engage you. We
+are not afraid of your superior numbers. We are going back to our base
+for more ammunition. We shall be back at the same position tomorrow at
+this time, and will join action with you on the following conditions:
+that you do not bring any more airplanes with you than you have today;
+that no other machines are held in reserve; and that you do not send
+any destroyers or cruisers to this position. We are willing to give you
+battle on those terms. By the way, we promised to give Miss Ingleton a
+flight tomorrow.’
+
+“You can easily see the significance of that last sentence. I
+will discuss this with you by cable when we get back to our
+base.--Fitzgerald.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THIRTEEN
+
+
+Three hours after the dramatic scene had been enacted in Mid-Pacific,
+Commander Fitzgerald and his squadron landed at their base on
+Wake Island. After ordering the mechanics to examine the machines
+thoroughly, Fitzgerald went to the telegraph office where, with the aid
+of the operator, he resumed his conversation with Commodore Heathcote
+at Honolulu. It began with a detailed description of the remarkable
+encounter with the pirate over the vast expanse of the Pacific. It
+told of the receipt of the wireless challenge from the pirate with its
+sardonic conclusion and continued with Fitzgerald exclaiming:
+
+“My God, Heathcote, it looks as though he were carrying Miss Ingleton
+with him as a shield wherever he goes. It certainly complicates the
+situation for us.”
+
+“It’s a terrible dilemma,” agreed Heathcote, “but we’ve got a duty to
+perform. Don’t you think perhaps that the last part of his message is a
+bluff to scare us off and insure his immunity from attack?”
+
+“It may be,” came back the answer, “but we can’t afford to take any
+chance on it.”
+
+“That may be true,” replied Heathcote, “and there’s no doubt that if
+you attack him you will jeopardize the life of Miss Ingleton, but we
+must not allow the last circumstance to deter us from making the attack.
+
+“The pirate may not be as careful of life in future attacks as he has
+been in the past if he gets the impression that he has secured immunity
+from attack by the presence of Miss Ingleton on board. It is a stern
+situation that faces us, but my judgement is that we have a duty
+confronting us, and that we must perform that duty irrespective of the
+consequences.”
+
+“It may be just a blind to cover up his operations somewhere else,”
+said Fitzgerald.
+
+“Well, if it’s a plant,” replied Heathcote, “we will have to take care
+of the situation to the best of our ability with the other squadrons.
+They have all been advised now and are on the alert. If he’s on the
+level about coming to the same position, it’s a good chance to have a
+go at him. You ought to be able to take his measure with your squadron,
+if he will stand the fight and not take advantage of his great speed.”
+
+“Don’t misunderstand me,” Fitzgerald shot back, “I desire nothing
+better than to try conclusions with him, and I’m anxious to get back
+there. I was only discussing the possibilities of the situation so
+that we couldn’t get left anywhere. You don’t realize how serious the
+situation is with me, old man. I may as well tell you right now that
+I am desperately in love with Miss Ingleton and would willingly give
+my life for her, and now I am placed in a position where by doing my
+duty I may take her life. Oh, I know the dictates of duty allow but one
+decision, but I’m human. Besides, I have another duty to her parents.
+I promised them to take care of her under all circumstances. Don’t you
+see what a difficult position I am in?”
+
+“Yes, I understand,” replied Heathcote, “and I certainly sympathize
+with you, but it seems to me the best thing to do under the
+circumstances will be for you to proceed to the position we located
+him in yesterday, with your squadron fully prepared to engage him. You
+ought to arrange to arrive there as nearly as possible at the same
+time as today. I’ll tell my wireless operator and the operators at
+Guam and Manila to keep a sharp lookout for him. If he starts sending
+by wireless we can check up on his position and let you know where he
+is. If he does show up I think that you ought to engage him and take a
+chance of disabling him if possible. If you could do that and compel
+him to alight on the surface of the ocean there might be a chance of
+saving Miss Ingleton. What do you think?”
+
+“Alright then, I’ll go back to that position at the same time
+tomorrow,” replied Fitzgerald, “I’ll be ready to engage him if he shows
+up. I’ll also be on the lookout for any communication from you. I’ll do
+the best I can and instruct every pilot in my squadron to do likewise.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THIRTEEN
+
+
+The following day dawned fair and clear, and with everything
+prearranged Fitzgerald and his squadron set out again to the rendezvous
+with the pirate, but without the keen desire and light-heartedness that
+marked their departure on the previous day.
+
+Fitzgerald’s heart was heavy with fear but he was now on his way
+determined to engage the pirate no matter what the consequences to his
+beloved might be. For the moment he was a man prompted in his actions
+solely by the strength of a single determination.
+
+From the time his squadron left its base at Wake Island a hundred ears
+listened patiently but anxiously upon the various islands for the
+outcome, and the operators at the three big naval wireless stations
+were keenly alert on their jobs. Each minute that slowly passed by was
+almost a lifetime of concentrated effort for them. For two long weary
+hours this condition prevailed. Then came the break in the monotony,
+as all three simultaneously heard the signals of the pirate’s wireless
+voice.
+
+Feverishly they worked with their Direction Finders. Each moment was
+precious, as there was no telling when the pirate operator would cease
+his voluntary effort, particularly as he must be fully aware by this
+time that his tell-tale signals were betraying his location to the
+alert ears of the government operators. Still he continued sending as
+though blissfully ignorant of the fact.
+
+A few moments of intensive work on the part of the naval operators
+completed their important task, and a brief cable intercommunication
+gave the operator at Honolulu all three bearings. These the latter
+quickly worked out on the chart. The resulting position showed the
+pirate was practically in the same locality that he had been detected
+in the previous day. Shortly before this Commodore Heathcote had
+entered the wireless room to await the outcome of the situation, and he
+went over the position with the operator.
+
+“Well, that’s alright,” said Heathcote; then as though thinking aloud,
+he continued, “It shows he has kept the first part of his challenge.
+Now if he’ll only stand a fight we may get him, but can we save Miss
+Ingleton, that’s the question? There’s another thing that I’m worried
+about too, and that’s his willingness to fight. He has already shown
+that he possesses superior speed to us and he may have another surprise
+up his sleeve as far as fighting is concerned. I can think of no other
+reason for his apparent willingness to accept a fight against greater
+odds. Still if he has such a surprise we might as well learn it by
+experience now as later. It may mean the safety of Miss Ingleton.
+Anyway once we know what it is we can take steps to meet it in the
+future. One thing I’m sure of and that is Fitzgerald will give him a
+good fight even if it means sacrificing Miss Ingleton. He puts duty
+above everything else.”
+
+Then to the operator he said:
+
+“Call up Fitzgerald and tell him by code we’ve located the pirate in
+the same position.”
+
+This the operator did, and then for slightly more than an hour another
+weary wait ensued for the watchers ashore. Presently came the signal
+from Fitzgerald that he had sighted the pirate, and this was followed
+twenty minutes later by the three letter code indicating the battle
+had opened between the man who had outlawed himself and the organized
+forces of government.
+
+It was the signal for anxious moments in the wireless station, where
+the full significance of the momentous battle was fully understood.
+Would the pirate stand his ground to the conclusion of the encounter
+and risk Miss Ingleton and himself, or would he again take advantage of
+his great speed and flee from the scene at the critical moment of the
+fight? Did he have Miss Ingleton aboard, as he intimated he would in
+his wireless challenge? Had he really some battle surprise to spring on
+his unwary but numerous opponents?
+
+These questions were to be fully answered within a short time, but in
+the period of uncertain waiting that had to elapse before the outcome
+of the battle could be learned every possible angle of the tense
+dramatic situation revolved again and again within their minds.
+
+For ten epochal minutes they waited and then came another three letter
+code signal from Fitzgerald. Air Commodore Heathcote quickly decoded it.
+
+“It says the engagement is now general. That means the pirate is
+standing his ground and risking everything. Now we’ll soon know whether
+he has got any surprise in store for us or not.”
+
+For another fifteen minutes the watchers at the wireless station waited
+with as much patience as they could command. Then suddenly the operator
+with almost imperceptible movement straightened up in his chair, picked
+up his pencil and began to write:
+
+“R. C. G.”
+
+“Good God!” exclaimed Heathcote, “that means the pirate has been
+vanquished. Get Fitzgerald back as quick as you can and ask him to give
+us a brief outline of the fight right away. Ask him if Miss Ingleton
+was saved. My God, get him quick! This suspense is killing.”
+
+Without waiting to reply the operator grasped his key and sent out the
+call, while the air commodore leaned over his shoulder impatiently. In
+a few minutes the answer came back:
+
+“I am flying direct to Honolulu, but will stop at Johnston Island
+for fuel. I will make a complete report. We have won the victory,
+but I have lost my soul. The pirate airplane was shot down and sank
+immediately with all hands, including Miss Ingleton.”
+
+Heathcote read the message word by word mechanically as the operator
+wrote it down. Then in a brief flash its full significance sank
+deep within his mind, and he collapsed in his chair from the mental
+overstrain.
+
+“Oh! my God!” he exclaimed weakly. “Have we done right. What shall I
+do.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER FIFTEEN
+
+
+Hour after hour Heathcote, a prey to conflicting emotions, waited with
+patience at the landing beach of the Pearl Harbor seaplane station for
+the arrival of Fitzgerald from the scene of action. Ten hours after the
+momentous battle in the skies had been fought the leading pursuit plane
+of number two squadron hove in sight and quickly came to a landing in
+the bay.
+
+As it drew up alongside the landing beach, mechanics waded out and
+carried Commander Fitzgerald back on their shoulders to the beach. He
+was almost exhausted from the long physical and mental strain he had
+undergone. Heathcote rushed over to him, and grasping him by the arm,
+almost shouted in his anxiety.
+
+“Come over to my office quick, and tell me all about it.”
+
+The two men walked over to the executive buildings and entered
+Heathcote’s office, where Fitzgerald literally fell into a chair from
+exhaustion and explained:
+
+“Get me a stimulant of some kind, and then I’ll tell you what happened.”
+
+A few moments later he began his narrative of the encounter with the
+pirate:
+
+“We arrived at the position and found conditions about the same as
+yesterday,” he began. “The pirate was circling around at about the
+same altitude. I had maneuvered to the north of him to be in a better
+position in case he should determine to run.
+
+“As soon as we came within 3,000 yards of him I was about to give the
+signal to open fire, when he began to send us a message on his short
+range wireless set. In it he said:
+
+“‘I see you have complied with the conditions I stated yesterday. Are
+you still determined to fight?’
+
+“I told him I was, and then he said:
+
+“‘Well, I thought it was only fair to tell you that I have Miss
+Ingleton on board. She is coming out to wave to you.’
+
+“By this time we were pretty close to the pirate’s machine. As he
+finished sending a figure from the forward gunner’s cockpit, and, after
+standing upright a few moments as though in doubt, began to wave to
+us rather weakly. The figure was clad in flying clothes and it was
+impossible to recognize who it was. There was, however, something about
+the waving of the arm that suggested a feminine rather than a masculine
+gesture. In my mind there was no doubt that it was Miss Ingleton.
+
+“The sight of her standing there helpless at the pirate’s mercy, and
+undoubtedly compelled to do his bidding, made me see red. It was a good
+thing for the pirate that he was not near me at the time. I could have
+torn him limb from limb in my fury.
+
+“The effect on the rest of my squadron was the same. I had discussed
+the situation fully with my pilots before we left Wake Island and had
+impressed upon them the fact that duty was paramount to everything.
+Despite their anger at the pirate’s tactics they were not at all
+anxious to be instrumental in the death of a woman. Still they were
+ready to obey my orders.
+
+“I signaled back to the pirate to get ready for action because I
+was going to attack immediately and not waste any further time in
+theatricals. That’s what I told him. There was a change of figures in
+the forward cockpit of the pirate’s machine, which was undoubtedly the
+gunner taking the place of Miss Ingleton who went inside the machine.
+
+“I gave the order to engage and all our ships opened fire with
+incendiary shells. The pirate answered vigorously. We soon found
+the range but he began a series of lightning-like maneuvers that
+demonstrated the remarkable qualities of his machine, particularly in
+its ability for rapid climb. He commenced to climb, and we followed
+him, but we were outclassed.
+
+“He was putting up a magnificent fight, and with the advantage of
+maneuvrability in his favor, he succeeded in shooting down two of our
+machines in the first two minutes of the encounter. This loss fired the
+rest of our squadron with the desire to finish the pirate once for all.
+
+“The action was now general. Our men were firing every time there was
+an opportunity. The advantage of superior maneuvring ability enjoyed by
+the pirate, however, put him in a favorable position of immunity from
+concentrated attack, because we were so numerous there was a chance
+that we might hit one another. Consequently our men were only firing
+when they got an absolute sight on the pirate’s machine.
+
+“After a few minutes indulged in these tactics the pirate began a rapid
+descent, and we followed him as closely as possible. The battle was
+continued throughout the maneuvre of descent.
+
+“Down came the pirate until he wasn’t more than a hundred feet from
+the surface of the ocean. In this position he went through a number of
+rapid evolutions fighting desperately all the time. At this altitude
+he showed considerable daring and succeeded in downing another of our
+machines. Our men were having more difficulty at the low altitude,
+especially while turning.
+
+“Quite suddenly it was noticed that the forward gunner on the pirate
+machine was missing from his position, and for several seconds there
+had not been a shot fired from any part of his machine at all. Before
+the pirate could resume action one of our ships seemed to get a lucky
+hit, and the most remarkable thing I have ever seen occurred. The wings
+of the pirate machine literally crumpled up, and it plunged into the
+sea. It was not a nose dive, because he went under at a wide angle with
+terrific speed, leaving a tremendous wash of water behind. The whole
+thing happened so quickly that it was impossible to give an accurate
+description of the scene.
+
+“We cruised around for a few minutes, but there was no further sign of
+the pirate’s machine. It had disappeared completely and carried all
+hands with it. We had hoped to be able to rescue Miss Ingleton, and I
+landed on the surface and cruised around near the scene looking for
+every possible chance to do this, but our efforts were in vain. There
+was not a single trace left of him. Apparently he had sunk absolutely
+and completely. There was not even a trace of oil on the surface where
+he disappeared.
+
+“I am sorry to say that Flight Lieutenants Frank, Evans and Dallinger
+were killed in the action together with their gunners and mechanics.
+Their machines were completely lost, and we were unable to render them
+any assistance. That is our story, all there is of it.”
+
+As he concluded, Fitzgerald rose to his feet unsteadily. A marked
+change had come over him as he reached the climax of his dramatic
+story. He was plainly in the throes of dispair. Upon his face there was
+a look of horror, and his hands were tightly clenched by the intensity
+of his feelings. His whole frame shook violently as he raised his arms
+and then shouted with a frenzy that was almost histerical:
+
+“I have done my duty,--yes, I have done my duty, but I have damned
+my heart and soul. For the rest of my life the vision of my beloved
+standing irresolute and waving her arm with such hesitant fear in the
+pirate’s machine will be forever before me. I cannot cast it from my
+mind. It remains to prey upon my conscience. I have done my duty, but
+at what a price,--I am through. Oh! my God! I’ve killed the woman I
+love!”
+
+The light of passion died out in Fitzgerald’s eyes. He wavered a moment
+upon his tired feet and then collapsed from sheer exhaustion and mental
+agony. Heathcote rushed over to him and with some difficulty managed
+to get him into a chair. He then reached for restoratives and began to
+apply them.
+
+As he worked the door of his office opened. Heathcote looked up. On
+the threshold stood Arthur Ingleton, former secretary of the Navy.
+For several seconds the two men looked at each other, then Ingleton
+exclaimed:
+
+“Tell me, what has happened to my daughter?”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER SIXTEEN
+
+
+Thus came the climax to the most remarkable piratical adventure in
+history. Glaring headlines in the newspapers throughout the world
+told the story of the dramatic battle in the skies and brought a sigh
+of relief to the inhabitants of every country that the menace of the
+pirate had been removed. Editorials galore were written pointing out
+the futility of such excursions into outlawry and praising the action
+of organized government that planned and executed so successfully the
+measures against the man who had placed himself outside the pale of the
+law.
+
+Although the news of the pirate’s demise brought a feeling of
+satisfaction to the world in general to two persons in Honolulu it
+brought calamity. To one, a father, it brought grief over the tragic
+death of his only daughter and fear for the recovery of his wife who
+had been prostrated from shock ever since the forcible abduction of
+her daughter by the pirate. To the other, the victor over the pirate,
+after a brief moment of merciful oblivion, it brought a state of
+collapse of all his forces of vitality which set in as a result of the
+complications that had followed upon his physical fatigue and grave
+mental anguish.
+
+Fitzgerald’s condition had become so serious after his collapse that
+it had been necessary to remove him immediately to the post hospital.
+There physicians were attempting to restore him, but his mental
+condition was such that they expressed grave fears over the chances of
+his recovery.
+
+By one of the strangest freaks of fortune, Arthur Ingleton had arrived
+on the transpacific airship at Honolulu at the dramatic moment in
+Fitzgerald’s narrative. He arrived to begin the quest for his daughter,
+only to learn that she had been killed.
+
+His was a tragic quandary. On the one hand he found his mission set to
+naught at its very inception by the irony of fate, and on the other
+he was confronted with the task of breaking the news to his wife who
+was already in a serious condition as the result of the abduction of
+her daughter. What effect would the news of her death have upon his
+wife? He dreaded the thought. He had already made inquiries as to her
+condition to telephone immediately after his arrival. When told how
+serious her condition was he had agreed with the hospital authorities
+that it would be best not to tell her of his arrival before he had
+surveyed the situation. Now all he had to tell her, when greeting her,
+was that Mary was dead.
+
+As he pondered over the situation he realized that he must think before
+acting. “I cannot tell her yet,” he told himself, “because the news
+would kill her. Yet I cannot permit her to build up false hopes as the
+effect of the final announcement might be equally grave. I must await
+before seeing her and plan out some means whereby the shock of the news
+will be minimized.”
+
+For two days he was impaled upon the horns of his dilemma, with no
+escape in sight. It was more than two months since his wife had been
+carried to the hospital after her daughter was taken on the pirate
+machine. He himself had not been able to get to Honolulu before because
+of the interruption in the transpacific airship schedules caused by
+the presence and activity of the pirate. His wife was convalescing
+very slowly, and while much better physically, was still in such a
+mental state that her physicians counseled against anything that might
+cause her further shock. He had consulted with them, told them of the
+situation as soon as he had learned Fitzgerald’s story and asked their
+advice. They told him it were best for the present to keep the news of
+their daughter’s death from his wife, and also that it would be better
+for him to wait further before seeing her, particularly as she would
+unquestionably ask him about Mary.
+
+Not only was Mrs. Ingleton in a serious condition, but Commander
+Fitzgerald was much worse. His long exposure in the flight to the
+scene of the battle and during the battle, and the subsequent flight
+to Honolulu, coupled with the extreme mental strain under which he had
+labored, had produced such serious results that the doctors at the
+post hospital were of the opinion that his recovery would be a very
+long process, even with every chance favoring him. In fact they frankly
+stated there was a strong possibility that he might not recover at all.
+
+During the past two days he had been in a semi-conscious state, but
+extremely restless. Throughout this period he uttered unintelligible
+and incoherent sentences in long, rambling speeches, and he had not had
+a single lucid moment. He had failed completely to recognize anyone who
+approached him. Even Ingleton who called in the hospital in the hope of
+learning something from him about Mary’s death, failed to elicit the
+slightest recognition.
+
+Such was the situation at Honolulu. In the meantime Commodore Heathcote
+and the other air commanders had received instructions from Washington
+to disband, as quickly as possible, all the emergency aerodromes that
+had been established for the purpose of coping with the pirate. They
+were told to superintend the work of transporting all the squadrons and
+their equipment back to their permanent bases.
+
+This work was already under way. The commercial air transportation
+lines resumed their normal schedules. The operating companies had lost
+no time, after the official notice of the pirate’s destruction had been
+announced, in getting back to their regular service. The experience
+gained since the advent of the pirate and during his brief reign of
+terror, were the subject of many governmental conferences. From all
+quarters came the insistent demand for adequate permanent policing of
+the distant airways of the world with the most up-to-date and effective
+aircraft units, so that any possible menace of similar nature could in
+the future be coped with at the very outset, thereby eliminating any
+possibility of disruption to the regular aerial transit lines that had
+become necessary arteries in the world’s commerce.
+
+To satisfy this demand two picked squadrons that had been dispatched
+to the Pacific for duty against the pirate were ordered to remain in
+Honolulu temporarily until such time as their permanent location for
+police duty should have been finally decided.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER SEVENTEEN
+
+
+The time passed slowly as the situation over the Pacific Ocean
+gradually assumed a normal condition. Day after day lapsed into
+infinity with Arthur Ingleton waiting aimlessly and almost hopelessly,
+wondering what to do. In this manner two weeks passed by. Then one
+morning he received a call at his hotel over the telephone from the
+hospital where his wife was lying, asking him to come there as quickly
+as possible. On arrival there he was met by the superintendent who said:
+
+“I’m very sorry to tell you Mr. Ingleton that your wife has suffered
+a relapse, and we thought it best to call you. I will summon Dr.
+Harrington who is attending her.”
+
+A few moments later Dr. Harrington came into the superintendent’s room.
+
+“There is no use in discussing the situation, Mr. Ingleton,” he said,
+“Your wife has taken a decided turn for the worse. She is in a kind
+of stupor. I have been thinking that if we could awaken her interest
+we might bring about a change and put her on the road to recovery.
+There is no doubt that your presence will revive her interest, but if
+she should find out about your daughter’s death the result would be
+disastrous. What do you think?”
+
+The expression of deep concern and apprehension that crept over
+Ingleton’s face clearly showed his thoughts. After a few moments’
+reflection he said:
+
+“I think it may be just as well if I go and see her. I may be able to
+awaken her interest sufficiently to help in improving her condition.
+If she asks me about Mary, I’ll try to evade her question for the time
+being.”
+
+Ingleton followed Dr. Harrington through the hospital until they came
+to a room where his wife was lying. As they entered, the nurse who
+was sitting alongside the bed, got up and made way for them. Ingleton
+walked over to the head of the bed and, bending over, kissed his wife
+and gently clasped her hand. The patient’s eyes opened languidly and
+glanced up wearily. Then as she recognized her husband, they lit with a
+gleam of pleasurable excitement.
+
+“Oh! Arthur,” she said feebly, “I’m so glad you came. I have waited
+such a long time for you, dear.”
+
+An expression of contentment settled upon her worn face, and Dr.
+Harrington who stood by watching closely, nodded approvingly.
+
+“I came here as quickly as I could, dear,” replied Ingleton. “Now I
+want to see you get well again soon.”
+
+“Oh! I will,” declared his wife, and then as in an after-thought, she
+asked, “Have you got Mary for me?”
+
+For a moment Ingleton paused, thinking rapidly for a reply. Before he
+could frame one his wife exclaimed:
+
+“Nothing has happened to her, Arthur?”
+
+The unexpectedness of this question coming in the midst of his hurried
+thoughts left Ingleton still further perplexed and at a loss for an
+answer with which to allay his wife’s anxiety. With quick intuition she
+grasped the situation and cried out:
+
+“Oh! Arthur, for God’s sake, tell me! I know something terrible has
+happened, and you don’t want to tell me. I know it. What is it?”
+
+“There, there, dear,” pleaded Ingleton, “Don’t excite yourself. We want
+you to get well again. Everything will be alright.”
+
+“Oh! you’re hiding it from me,” sobbed his wife, “you won’t tell me. I
+know it’s something terrible. I know it! I know it!!”
+
+Turning over in bed and burying her face in the pillows, she burst
+into a fit of hysterical tears, and her weakened frame shook with the
+violence of her sobs. Her husband looked on in helpless fear. Dr.
+Harrington, however, quickly saw the seriousness of the situation and,
+summoning the nurse, administered a drug in an effort to quiet the
+paroxysm of his patient. He motioned Ingleton to be seated and not to
+say anything further.
+
+While this pathetic scene was being enacted in the hospital, another
+more amazing one was taking place over the Pacific Ocean. The wireless
+operator on duty at Pearl Harbor, listening with indifferent patience,
+had been electrified into sudden action by an S. O. S. call. Quickly
+answering it, he received a reply from the transpacific airship
+Montgolfier, whose operator sent the following message:
+
+“Montgolfier, 300 miles east of Honolulu attacked by strange airplane.
+We are disabled and settling to the surface of the ocean rapidly. Rush
+assistance immediately. Won’t be able to send much longer.”
+
+Before the Honolulu operator could acknowledge the message, another
+call came in on the same wavelength. There was something familiar about
+the sending, and he listened carefully. Presently the second station
+began to send a message. Picking up a pencil the Pearl Harbor operator
+wrote down:
+
+“Please give my compliments to Commodore Heathcote. Tell him he has
+a lot to learn about the art of aviation. I hope that Commander
+Fitzgerald enjoyed his little scrap with us. Miss Ingleton sends her
+best wishes.”
+
+That was all. Reading it over after it was completed, the operator
+rubbed his head in amazement and then exclaimed:
+
+“Well I’ll be damned.”
+
+For a few minutes he sent out a series of queries to the sender of
+the message, but got no further response. He also tried to get in
+touch with the Montgolfier again, but his efforts in this respect also
+failed. Then he telephoned to Commodore Heathcote and read the message
+to him. The latter came over to the station, where he examined the
+message carefully and questioned the operator about their receipt.
+
+“Good God!” he exclaimed, “if they mean anything at all they mean
+that the pirate is still on the job and couldn’t have been destroyed
+by Fitzgerald. How on earth could he have possibly escaped? That’s
+strange! The pirate certainly had a surprise up his sleeve for us
+alright. I wonder what his secret is? We’re in a worse fix now than
+ever.”
+
+Without wasting any further time on conjecture, Heathcote rushed out
+to the hangars and ordered a squadron of the largest type of bombing
+machines to fly out three hundred miles east and search for traces
+of the Montgolfier, and if possible pick up her survivors. Having
+completed this task and witnessed the departure of the rescuing craft,
+he went over to the post hospital. He knew the astonishing news would
+materially affect Fitzgerald, and the fact that Miss Ingleton was safe
+might prove to be the rallying point for his recovery.
+
+Before he left for the hospital, however, Heathcote also dispatched
+an officer over to Ingleton’s hotel with copies of the messages to
+show to the former secretary of the navy. The clerk of the hotel told
+the officer that Mr. Ingleton was at the general hospital, and the
+latter went there. He was ushered into the waiting room. After he had
+explained the urgency of his message, a nurse went to summon Ingleton
+from the bedside of his wife. In a few seconds she returned with the
+former secretary.
+
+“We have just received word that your daughter is alive and well, Sir,”
+said the officer handing copies of the message to him.
+
+Ingleton read them over carefully and slowly, then with a sigh of deep
+regret he exclaimed:
+
+“Good Heavens! why didn’t I wait.”
+
+He hurried back to his wife’s room and pushed the messages into Dr.
+Harrington’s hands, saying:
+
+“Here’s good news for your patient, doctor.”
+
+Almost mechanically Dr. Harrington took the messages and glanced over
+them. Then his eyes wandered slowly over to the recumbent figure in
+the bed now strangely silent, and then, with the light of compassion
+softening them, they turned upon Ingleton as the doctor, with a catch
+in his voice, said:
+
+“I’m sorry, dreadfully sorry, Ingleton, but these messages came too
+late.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER EIGHTEEN
+
+
+A flight of an hour and a half over the island-strewn waters of Hawaii
+brought the rescuing airplanes to the scene of the latest aerial
+outrage. The machines of the squadron were spread out in open formation
+and had been flying at an altitude of ten thousand feet until they
+arrived at a point approximately three hundred miles from Honolulu, in
+the vicinity of the position given in the S. O. S. messages. Now they
+spiralled down to a thousand feet and began a careful search of the
+waters for signs of the Montgolfier or her survivors. The skies were
+absolutely void of other craft.
+
+After cruising about for a few moments, a number of small objects were
+discerned on the water, and the commander of the squadron ordered
+his machines to alight near them. The order was quickly obeyed, and
+shortly afterwards the plane taxied up alongside what proved to be the
+lifeboats of the airship Montgolfier. There was no sign of the airship
+itself. Undoubtedly it had sunk.
+
+After a quick survey of the situation the commander of the squadron
+decided there was ample room in the bomb chambers of the huge
+airplanes to carry all the passengers and crew of the Montgolfier back
+to Honolulu, and the task of transferring the survivors from the boats
+to the airplanes was quickly accomplished.
+
+This done, the machines started back on the flight to Honolulu, which
+was accomplished in a little less than two hours. On arrival there,
+special care was taken of the women passengers who were suffering quite
+a little from the trying experience, followed by the long exposure in
+the small open boats and the flight back to the Hawaiian capital. While
+this was being done the captain and officers of the Montgolfier were
+escorted to the office of Commodore Heathcote, where the captain told
+the story of the loss of his airship.
+
+It was a story similar in detail to the previous attacks made by
+the pirate. It left no doubt that the airplane which attacked the
+Montgolfier was the same that had destroyed the Langley and Wilbur
+Wright, and had supposedly been sunk during the battle with the
+squadron of Commander Fitzgerald. Whatever doubt might have existed
+about the identity of the perpetrator of the latest piratical attack
+was quickly dispelled by the latter part of the captain’s narrative.
+
+“While we were transferring our passengers to the lifeboats,” he
+continued, “the attacking airplane, which had landed on the surface of
+the ocean, taxied over to us. As soon as it came alongside, a door in
+the cabin body opened, and a tall, dark man appeared in the doorway and
+began to talk to me. He wore very heavy flying clothes, but no helmet.
+He was a rather good looking chap, and although his flying clothes made
+him look somewhat bulky, I got the impression that he was slim and
+lithe and undoubtedly very strongly built. His features were dark, and
+his skin had an olive tan. His eyes were coal black, and so was his
+hair. I caught one view of him side face, and he had rather an aquiline
+nose. While his features were very sharp, there was nothing cruel about
+their aspect. He seemed to be of a studious rather than active nature,
+although he was the boss of the pirate machine.
+
+“He asked me several questions about the Montgolfier, what kind of a
+cargo we carried, and then some general questions about the news in the
+United States. After a short conversation along these lines he said to
+me:
+
+“‘You will be alright, Captain, Honolulu received your S. O. S.
+message, and they will be sending some rescue craft out here to you
+pretty soon. When you get back there, if they ask you about me, you can
+tell them that I am the same fellow that sank the Wilbur Wright and
+the Langley. I don’t want to leave them in doubt about that. You know,
+Captain, I’ve just played quite a joke on them. They sent a squadron of
+airplanes out a few weeks ago to fight me. I played around with them
+for a little while and had a lot of fun. I carried it further than I
+had expected to though, and one of them got a hit on our machine, but
+it did not do much damage.
+
+“‘I decided not to play any further, easily made my getaway. The damned
+fools thought they had sunk me. Now I am back on the job, and they
+will never be able to stop me from carrying out my plans and desires.
+I am the king of the Pacific airways and I intend to be monarch of the
+entire aerial world before I’m through. I am sorry I was compelled to
+shoot down three of their machines, but that could not be helped. I am
+master of the situation and intend to dictate my own terms before I
+retire. They cannot successfully fight me and they might as well know
+that fact now as later.’
+
+“That was about the gist of his conversation. He was anxious that I
+should get his meaning clearly. In fact, he asked me whether I had any
+doubt what he wanted me to tell you. When I told him that I understood
+him thoroughly, he started to go into the cabin, but hesitated a moment
+and then said to me:
+
+“‘By the way, Captain, they may ask you about my lady passenger when
+you get to Honolulu. Her name is Miss Mary Ingleton, and she is a very
+old friend of mine, that’s why I asked her to accompany me on my little
+pleasure flights. You can tell them that she is very well, indeed, and
+is enjoying herself immensely.’
+
+“That was all he said. I started to ask him some questions but he went
+inside his cabin abruptly. A few minutes later his ship taxied away
+and waited until we had transferred all our passengers and crew. As
+soon as we were through, he signalled to us to stand off away from the
+Montgolfier. There was nothing for us to do but to obey this command.
+Immediately afterwards his machine moved over alongside the disabled
+airship, and some of the crew went aboard. It was not long before
+they began to pass out some parts of the cargo. As soon as they had
+satisfied themselves they put off about a hundred yards and opened fire
+on the Montgolfier, which quickly sank. Without any further ceremony
+the airplane then took off and quickly disappeared at terrific speed.”
+
+“Did you see Miss Ingleton at all while the pirate was talking to you?”
+asked Heathcote.
+
+“No,” replied the captain.
+
+“Did he say whether he had her aboard or not?”
+
+“No. He did not mention her name except in the manner I have told you,”
+said the captain.
+
+“Did you see any other members of the crew?” required Heathcote.
+
+“No,” came the reply, “that’s all I saw, but it was more than enough
+for me.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER NINETEEN
+
+
+From the unfathomed depths where lies the mythical locker of Davey
+Jones, the pirate came back to renew his depreciations over the clear
+expanse of the Pacific Ocean. His return was more than astonishing, it
+was cataclysmic. It took the world completely by surprise and left it
+aghast, helpless, but still infuriated.
+
+What manner of man was this who could so easily flout the power of
+organized government and laugh at its efforts against him? What hidden
+powers did he possess that made him invincible in the struggle with a
+whole world risen in anger against him?
+
+There was no doubt about the pirate possessing some remarkable secret.
+The unprecedented incidents in his meteoric career of crime amply
+proved this. How could he be dealt with and brought within the power
+of the law? That was the problem that had to be solved. It was evident
+that the steps had already been taken against him had proven woefully
+inadequate.
+
+The new situation resulted in numerous conferences among the various
+leading government officers. It was complicated by the fact that most
+of the squadrons which had been established on the various Pacific
+islands to aid in hunting down the pirate had been disbanded and
+returned to their bases in the United States after Fitzgerald had
+reported the supposed death of the pirate. Now there were but two
+squadrons left in the Pacific waters that were at all adequate to
+cope with the murderer, and these lacked sufficient speed to make any
+impression against him.
+
+It was about this time, however, when the problem appeared to be
+impossible of solution that something occurred which gave the
+government officers a new line to follow in their action against the
+pirate. It came as the result of part of the program adopted at the
+conference held in Washington immediately after the pirate had made his
+first appearance so memorable by destroying the airship Langley. At
+this conference George Cowl, Secretary of the Department of Air, had
+suggested that careful investigation should be made to discover whether
+any aircraft manufacturer had received orders to build the machine and
+also if possible to discover the mode of transportation to the Pacific.
+This, he thought, might help in the task of locating the pirate’s base.
+
+The proposal had been adopted, and operatives were assigned to running
+down every available clue, under the command of Captain Charles J.
+Somers, chief of the Secret Service.
+
+Now after many months of intensive work, the first fruits of the
+investigation became apparent, and Captain Somers was able to render
+a preliminary report. His men had been divided into two sections, the
+first detailed to make a thorough canvass of the aircraft manufacturing
+companies, and the other to trace the movements of the pirate in the
+Pacific prior to the establishment of his base.
+
+The canvass of the aircraft companies had disclosed the fact that about
+eighteen months previous to the advent of the pirate over the Pacific
+Ocean, a series of orders had been placed with different manufacturers
+for airplane parts of special design. The specifications of each part
+were included with the order, and in each case instructions were given
+to make delivery to a warehouse in San Francisco upon completion. By
+careful reconstruction, based upon these reports, it was found that the
+parts fitted together into a flying boat that corresponded in a general
+way to the descriptions given by those officers who had encountered the
+pirate.
+
+There was this important point, however, the theoretical machine
+constructed from the details thus gathered had several important parts
+missing. Also the closest inquiry failed to produce any knowledge or
+information regarding the engine. At that point the investigation
+came to an abrupt halt. An examination of the various parts and the
+specifications merely showed the pirate had constructed a cabin
+airplane of sheet tungsten-steel with retractible wings. The wings were
+so arranged that they folded closely up to the side of the fuselage, in
+collapsible style, when the machine was not in flight. A locking device
+kept them rigid in flight.
+
+Moreover, the most peculiar thing about the theoretical machine was the
+fact that there was no apparent provision made for the emplacement of
+the engine or engines which the pirate used to give his actual machine
+its prodigious speed. In the trailing edge of the wings, however, there
+were two fairly large circular holes that could be used as housings for
+the propeller shafts.
+
+The second detail of operatives had picked up the trail in San
+Francisco from the address to which the airplane parts had been
+delivered. Weeks of detailed investigation had followed. Then by
+carefully dovetailing together the facts obtained, the secret service
+men were enabled to construct the story of the pirate’s movements
+immediately preceding his advent over the Pacific airways. In outline
+the story was as follows:
+
+In April, 1952, four men arrived at the warehouse in San Francisco
+and took charge of the large cases that had been delivered there. A
+tall, slim, dark man, was apparently the leader of the party, for it
+was he who gave all the instructions for delivering the cases which
+were addressed to him under the name of Joseph W. Devant. As soon as
+he had checked up the number of cases he had them re-labelled, then he
+told the warehousemen to have them shipped as freight in his name to
+Honolulu on the steamship Chosen Maru, which sailed the same week.
+
+Carrying the investigation further, it was discovered that this man
+Devant and his three companions were passengers on the Pacific mail
+steamship Nippon which sailed for the East from San Francisco on the
+last Saturday of April. They took with them as baggage several large
+cases that were heavily insured. These cases were marked with complete
+instructions regarding the manner in which they were to be handled,
+and bore bigger labels upon which was inscribed in large letters:
+“Scientific apparatus. Handle with care.”
+
+Picked up from this point the story showed that during the voyage of
+the Nippon Devant in casual conversation with the officers of the ship,
+had declared that he was on a scientific expedition that was about to
+engage in meteorological investigation in the various Pacific islands.
+
+Upon arrival in Honolulu the cases from the two ships, the Chosen Maru
+having arrived a few days previously, were stored away, and Devant went
+around the port in search of a suitable schooner. A few days after his
+arrival he bought the 500 ton schooner Hilo and signed up the Kanaka
+crew that had been aboard her. The cases were then placed aboard from
+the storage warehouse, and the schooner sailed away with Devant and
+his white companions acting as navigators. They did not comply with
+the port regulations before leaving, and there was no record of their
+intended destination.
+
+From this point all traces of the expedition vanished. It had already
+been listed as a total loss. The schooner Hilo had not put into any
+known port or island, nor had it been sighted by any other craft.
+
+Such was the report of Captain Somers, which he delivered to Secretary
+Cowl shortly after the pirate had made his dramatic return to the
+Pacific airways. Cowl read it over very carefully several times and
+asked Somers a number of questions in connection with it. Then after
+further consideration he said:
+
+“There is no doubt in my mind that Devant is the pirate. Did you get
+any line on him personally?”
+
+“No”, replied Somers, “The name Devant is undoubtedly an alias, but we
+were unable to get any further information about him.”
+
+“Well,” added Cowl, “your investigation is conclusive, to say the
+least. The cases undoubtedly contained his airplane, while the other
+cases then he took with him the Nippon probably contained the parts for
+his engines and other apparatus he had designed or needed.”
+
+“That’s my opinion, too,” agreed Somers, “We tried to learn something
+about his ancestry, but so far have not met with any success. I have
+told our men in the Pacific to continue their investigation into the
+movements of the schooner Hilo, in the hope that we might get some
+trace of her. Meanwhile the men in this country are following up their
+investigation by making inquiries at the place from which Devant sent
+his orders to the aircraft manufacturers. In this way we hope to get a
+line on his antecedents. I have issued explicit instructions to my men
+not to pass up a single chance, no matter how unimportant it may seem
+to them.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TWENTY
+
+
+In Honolulu the greatest consternation prevailed. The return of the
+pirate over the airways had completely disrupted the service of its
+airport, which was the most important in the whole Pacific Ocean,
+because of its central location. The destruction of the airship
+Montgolfier came at the moment when the confidence of the commercial
+aerial transport companies had just been completely restored through
+the report issued by the government to the effect that the pirate had
+been killed.
+
+Now chaos again ruled the air. Every company had cancelled its
+schedules, and the only transportation to and from the islands was
+by means of the slower mode of travel afforded by steamships. The
+government officials were somewhat at a loss how to deal with the
+unprecedented situation. Their chances of bringing the pirate to
+justice were apparently very meagre, particularly as there were now
+fewer government aircraft units in and about the islands than ever
+before.
+
+It began to look as though the only way to deal with the marauder lay
+in the destruction of his base. Without a base to operate from the
+advantage he enjoyed in the air over all other types of aircraft would
+be destroyed. This view had rapidly gained the uppermost support of
+the government authorities and it formed the subject of an exchange
+of ideas, by cable, between the officials in Washington and Honolulu.
+After considerable discussion it was finally decided to commission
+every available naval craft in Pacific waters to a detailed search of
+the lesser known islands in an effort to discover the point from which
+the pirate operated.
+
+Commander Fitzgerald was now rapidly convalescing in the post hospital.
+His illness had been chiefly due to mental causes developed by exposure
+and worry. The news that Miss Ingleton was alive and well had been
+just the tonic necessary to set him on the road to recovery. But as he
+was not expected to be in a condition to resume his command for a long
+time to come yet the aerial forces of the government assigned to the
+duty of attacking the pirate and policing the airways, had been placed
+in charge of Wing Commander Emerson, who had been Fitzgerald’s chief
+lieutenant.
+
+A new plan of attack was adopted and put into operation. It involved
+using the two squadrons of battleplanes at Honolulu solely for police
+duty. These squadrons were instructed to keep the airways open as far
+as possible. It was decided that other squadrons would be dispatched
+to the Pacific to aid in this purpose. They were only to give battle
+to the pirate in case he was sighted, but were not to go outside their
+prearranged zone of patrol. The carefully detailed plan for searching
+the pirate out and attacking him had been abandoned because it was
+conceded that his superior speed and maneuvrability made aggressive
+tactics impossible.
+
+In other words the offensive had passed from the air to the sea for the
+time being, so far as the government forces were concerned. The naval
+craft under orders of Captain Smith, the commandant of the Hawaiian
+naval district, were assigned to the duty of locating the base from
+which the pirate operated. As soon as any of the vessels had found this
+base, their instructions were to attack it, destroy everything within
+it connected with the pirates’ enterprise and take prisoner any one
+found upon the island.
+
+Practically every vessel in the Pacific fleet was secretly detailed
+to this duty--battleships, cruisers, light cruisers, destroyers,
+torpedoboats and auxiliary craft. Even submarines were put to work.
+Each division was given a certain section of territory to cover and was
+told to land upon and search every unimportant island within it. In
+addition to this the commanding officer of each vessel was instructed
+to make a detailed survey of each island visited and gather whatever
+information of a scientific character was obtainable. The latter
+instructions were, of course, apart from the main object of the plan,
+and were issued with the view of obtaining as much as possible out of
+the expedition.
+
+In such manner was the new machinery for hunting down the aerial
+buccaneer set in motion. The experts in the Navy Department, after
+carefully examining the reports of the pirate’s previous activities,
+had calculated that the radius of his operations was limited to
+approximately two thousand miles. Taking the general location of his
+attacks upon the airships as a center, they had divided the circle
+within the 2,000 mile radius into six different zones. These zones by
+a strange coincidence naturally included six groups of mid-pacific
+islands. The naval patrol vessels were therefore divided into six
+divisions, each division assigned to a specific group of islands as
+follows:
+
+Division No. 1.--America Islands.
+
+Division No. 2. Hawaiian group.
+
+Division No. 3. Phoenix Islands.
+
+Division No. 4. Gilbert Islands.
+
+Division No. 5. Marshall group.
+
+Division No. 6. The Carolines.
+
+The task of searching these zones thoroughly was commenced immediately
+with every available naval vessel. The forces employed were augmented
+as rapidly as other war-vessels could be rushed to the scene. Then
+for two weeks the six divisions of the naval patrol went about their
+task of searching the innumerable smaller islands without any concrete
+result. Suddenly one morning the light cruiser Farragut of the second
+division, which was steaming in Latitude 28 and the 180th meridian
+of longitude, sighted an open boat with what appeared to be a shirt
+hoisted upon an oar. Captain John B. Moore, commander of the Farragut
+altered his course in order to pick up the boat. As the cruiser drew
+closer to it he made out the name painted on the stern of the small
+boat, through his glasses. It read: “Hilo Honolulu.”
+
+“Hilo,” he mused. “Let’s see, that was the name of the schooner that
+was used by the man Devant who was supposed to be the pirate. This may
+be the boat from that missing schooner, and if it is, we have made a
+real find.”
+
+Ten minutes later the cruiser drew up alongside the small boat. Inside
+it was the figure of a man laying prone along the keel beneath the
+seats. An oar had been fastened to the center seat and a shirt was
+attached to it, evidently to act as a sail. A boat was lowered from
+the cruiser. It’s crew rowed over to the drifting boat and quickly
+lifted the man out of it and then rowed him back to the cruiser. He was
+still alive but exhausted. After a few hours of medical attention on
+the cruiser, the man began to show signs of returning consciousness.
+Presently he had recovered sufficiently to take an interest in his
+surroundings.
+
+“Where am I,” he inquired feebly. “What ship is this?”
+
+He was told, and then asked who he was and where he came from.
+
+“Take me to Honolulu as quickly as you can, it is very important,” he
+replied.
+
+“Are you a survivor of the schooner Hilo that sailed from Honolulu with
+Mr. Devant’s expedition?” asked the captain.
+
+“No,” replied the man.
+
+“Why do you want to go to Honolulu then?”
+
+“I am very tired. Please don’t ask me any more questions just now.”
+
+“But why do you want to go to Honolulu? Are you in any way connected
+with the aerial pirate who has been attacking airplanes?”
+
+“No! but I’ve just come from his base,” replied the stranger weakly.
+A moment later, overcome by the strain, he again lapsed into
+unconsciousness.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TWENTY-ONE
+
+
+For three days the cruiser Farragut steamed steadily forward until the
+island of Oahu hove in sight. During those three days the constant
+care, coupled with the restful influence of the voyage, had proved most
+beneficial to the stranger who had by now practically recovered from
+the effects of his exposure. The captain of the cruiser had refrained
+from any attempt to question the man until he was convinced there was
+no further chance of a relapse. The circumstances surrounding the man’s
+rescue, together with his statement that he had just come from the
+pirate’s base, were sufficiently important, the captain thought, to
+warrant him in taking the man to Honolulu.
+
+On the morning that the Hawaiian capital was practically in sight, the
+captain decided it was time to ascertain the identity of the stranger.
+With this purpose in view he had him brought to his cabin, and then
+asked him who he was.
+
+“Where are you bound?” parried the man, somewhat suspiciously.
+
+“We are going to the Pearl Harbor naval station,” replied the captain,
+“in fact we’ll be there in a few hours from now.”
+
+“That’s fine,” said the stranger, his face brightening visibly, “I want
+to thank you very much, captain for your kindness I’ll tell my story
+to the authorities ashore as soon as we arrive there. Have you been
+looking for the pirate?”
+
+“I don’t want you to tell me anything you don’t wish to,” resumed the
+captain, “but don’t you think you ought to tell me who you are so that
+I can get you to the proper authorities without delay as soon as we
+arrive?”
+
+“Why yes, Captain, I’ll tell you,” he replied. “My name is Howard
+Redmond. I was the second officer of the airship Wilbur Wright that was
+destroyed by the pirate.”
+
+The effect produced by Redmond’s simple statement could not have been
+more pronounced under any circumstances. It took the captain and the
+officers who were present in his cabin completely by surprise.
+
+“Good Heavens, man,” exclaimed Captain Moore, “you were reported
+drowned. How on earth did you get to the pirate’s base?”
+
+“Well, it’s a long story, captain,” replied Redmond, “but it’s a good
+thing that I did get there, because I’ve got information that we
+possibly could not have gotten in any other way. How much time have you
+got before you reach your anchorage?”
+
+“I expect to be there in three hours,” said the captain.
+
+“That will give me time to tell you before you go to the bridge,” began
+Redmond. “I will tell you how I got to the pirate’s base, captain, but
+you must excuse me if I keep part of the story for the authorities
+ashore.”
+
+“Oh, that’s perfectly alright,” said Captain Moore, “but quite
+naturally we are very much interested in anything that you feel you can
+tell us. By the way, where is the pirate’s base?”
+
+“You were not very far from it when you picked me up, captain,” replied
+Redmond. “It’s on a little island known as Patrocinio which is located
+about 170 East and 28 North. It’s right on the end of the Hawaiian
+archipelago. You couldn’t have been more than two hundred miles away
+from it at the time you found me.”
+
+“Good God! why didn’t you tell me that before? I could have gone right
+there and finished that bird for good,” exclaimed the captain. He was
+plainly angry at learning how close he had been to the object of his
+quest without knowing it. His anger grew as he rapidly realized the
+wonderful chance he had missed to fulfill his mission.
+
+“Wait a minute, captain,” cautioned Redmond quietly, “it’s a good thing
+I didn’t tell you, otherwise nobody would have known where the base was
+located.”
+
+“What do you mean?” queried the captain sharply.
+
+“Well, sir, you don’t suppose the pirate, knowing what the result of
+his capture meant, would pass up any chance to protect himself, do
+you?” asked Redmond in reply. And without waiting for an answer to
+his question, continued. “No! Well he hasn’t. He is engaged in a very
+risky business and he knows it, and he knows the consequences of his
+capture. He hasn’t passed a single chance up that I know of. That
+island is completely surrounded by a wide field of submerged mines. If
+you had gone there, captain, your ship would have been blown sky high
+before you knew it, and then of what good would that have been?”
+
+The latter question was too much for the captain who simply gasped in
+his astonishment. The explanation, however, had completely mollified
+him.
+
+“I would never have thought of that,” he said simply.
+
+“No,” continued Redmond, “I knew you wouldn’t, that’s one of the
+reasons I didn’t tell you. There’s a lot of other reasons that I can’t
+tell you about just now. Well, to get on with my story. I’ll tell
+you how I happened to get to his base. When the pirate attacked the
+Wilbur Wright I was on the observation platform on top of the envelope.
+I stayed there watching him while our people were transferring the
+passengers. I was very much interested in the unusual appearance of his
+machine and was looking at it through my glasses.
+
+“I stayed there too long.
+
+“When he first came up to us he opened fire with his forward gun,
+and two of his shots went right through our envelope. One of them
+penetrated number four ballonet, releasing the helium gas, and the
+other struck the stairway running between the navigating room and
+the observation post, carrying part of the stairway away. When I
+started to go down I discovered this. Without trying to climb down the
+wreckage, I went back to the observation post and walked along the
+promenade deck on top of the balloon to the passenger elevator shaft. I
+thought it would be easier to walk down the stairs around the shaft. I
+was doomed to disappointment again, because I soon found that the shaft
+had been injured by the second shot.
+
+“It looked as thought I would have a tough time getting down. I went
+back to the observation post and started down the accommodation
+stairway there. After considerable difficulty I managed to get down
+over the wreckage. Of course this took considerable time because I
+had to go down practically hand over hand. I had to do it slowly
+and carefully, by sense of touch, as all the lights inside the ship
+had gone out. A slip would have meant a ninety foot drop inside the
+envelope.
+
+“By the time I reached the navigating cabin all our passengers and
+crew had left and were in the lifeboats. They had pulled away from the
+airship some considerable distance. I saw the pirate’s airplane on
+the surface near one of the boats, and presently I saw someone step
+over from the boat to the airplane. I found out later that it was Miss
+Ingleton.
+
+“In the meantime I was in a pretty bad predicament. There was not a
+boat left on the airship, and our lifeboats were too far off for me
+to swim over to them. I didn’t know what to do. I was not certain
+how long the buoyancy of the remaining helium gas would keep the
+airship afloat, and then I remembered that the report we had received
+by wireless had stated the pirate sank the airship Langley after the
+passengers had left that ship. I was afraid he might do the same thing
+with the Wilbur Wright before I could find some means of getting off.
+
+“While I was still undecided what to do the pirate’s airplane began to
+move away from the lifeboats. I watched it a few moments, and then saw
+that it was coming toward the airship. I went aft to the baggage room
+and watched through one of the small portholes there. The airplane came
+right up alongside the Wilbur Wright with its wings folded up. Three
+men got off and came aboard the airship.
+
+“After a little while I saw two of them return to the place where the
+airplane was holding on and pass some packages out. I immediately
+jumped to the conclusion that they were picking out the valuable parts
+of our cargo and putting them aboard the airplane.
+
+“While I was watching this I suddenly heard a noise in the baggage
+room. I was standing behind some large trunks and couldn’t be seen from
+the doorway. I looked around the edge of one of the trunks and saw one
+of the men from the airplane moving about inside the room. He was still
+attired in his heavy flying suit and wore a helmet, with a chamois face
+mask. His goggles were pushed back on his forehead. He walked slowly
+over to where I was standing, looking the baggage over carefully as he
+came.
+
+“I did not dare to move. Looking down I saw a piece of metal pipe at my
+feet. I stooped down carefully and picked it up for use in case I was
+attacked. Then suddenly an idea occurred to me which I thought might
+give me a chance to get off the ship. I figured out quickly that I was
+doomed to die like a rat in a trap if the pirate opened fire and sank
+the airship after he had finished rifling the cargo. I decided that if
+anyone was to be lost it should be one of his crew instead of me.
+
+“I waited as patiently as I could, watching for my opportunity. The
+man in the flying suit came gradually over to the place where I was
+standing. Soon he was passing in front of the trunks behind which I was
+hiding. As he passed on the other side I sprang forward and struck him
+on the head with the pipe I held.
+
+“He went down like a log, without making a sound.
+
+“I didn’t like the job at all, but I eased my conscience by arguing
+with myself that it was a case of his life or mine, and that he was
+a dangerous criminal who had taken part in jeopardizing the lives of
+women and children. The deed was done now, and it was no time for idle
+regrets. I set to work and stripped the flying suit, helmet and face
+mask off him. Fortunately for me he was about the same size and build
+as myself. As soon as I had got the clothes off him, I put them on
+myself. I picked up a piece of baggage that I thought contained some
+valuables, and walked along to the place where the airplane was moored.
+
+“It was now that my supreme test came, because I knew the slightest
+false move would betray me. I didn’t know a thing about the pirate’s
+airplane, and it would be an easy thing for them to detect me.
+Fortunately, however, another man from the airplane crew was still on
+board, and I found him making his way to the airplane just as I came
+along. I fell in behind him and decided to do just what he did.
+
+“At the door of the cabin of the airplane a man was standing.
+Afterwards I found out that he was the actual pirate. He was very
+impatient, and as we came along he said:
+
+“‘What the devil’s the matter with you, fellows. Do you think I want
+to stay here all day, till the government ships come along? Get inside
+quick.’
+
+“The fellow in front of me muttered some sour remark, and I did the
+same in a low tone. I really believe the pirate’s impatience saved me.
+He was so anxious to get away that he didn’t pay any attention to us.
+I followed the other fellow into the cabin. He went into the rear of
+it and stowed away a piece of cargo that he was carrying, and I did
+the same with my piece. Then he sat down on a seat that ran lengthwise
+along the side of the cabin.
+
+“There was another man sitting on the opposite seat, and alongside him
+was a woman. I looked at her in astonishment, and then it suddenly
+dawned upon me that it was Miss Ingleton from our ship. She was
+looking very pale and somewhat frightened. I didn’t dare move or say
+anything, I just waited and watched. They had given her a leather coat
+to put on, and she held a flying helmet in her hands.
+
+“The pirate had now sat down at the controls, and the fourth man was
+tinkering about with some apparatus that proved to be the power plant.
+Before I could take in my surroundings more completely, the propellers
+began to revolve and in an incredibly short time we were in the air. I
+looked at the air speed indicator and saw that it was registering 250
+miles an hour, despite the fact that we were climbing. There wasn’t
+a sound from the engine, in fact the only noise I could hear was the
+whirr of the propellers. The man next to Miss Ingleton leaned over and
+said something to her. She then put on the helmet and mask.
+
+“I had been wondering why the pirate and his crew wore such heavy
+flying clothes and face masks, especially as they were in a cabin
+plane. I soon found out. We were climbing very rapidly. I watched the
+altimeter, and to my astonishment found that forty minutes after we had
+left the surface of the ocean we were at an altitude of thirty-five
+thousand feet. It was bitterly cold. I could feel it even through the
+flying clothes which were fur lined. The funniest thing to me, though,
+was the fact that we experienced no difficulty in breathing. We had
+no oxygen apparatus, and yet we were breathing as easily as though we
+were at sea level, despite the rarified air in which we were flying.
+I couldn’t understand it at all. Neither could I understand his reason
+for flying at such high altitudes, unless it was that he had discovered
+a trade wind that aided him in his speed, or that he wished to avoid
+meeting government aircraft.
+
+“After we had been going for a couple of hours, the two men in the
+cabin in which we were sitting got up and walked over to the forward
+part of the machine. I saw them take up some flasks that looked like
+vacuum bottles. And then they began working near the power plant.
+
+“I seized this opportunity and moved toward Miss Ingleton. I put my
+finger to my mouth to caution her not to move or say anything. Then
+leaning close to her I said:
+
+“‘I’m Redmond, the second officer of the Wilbur Wright. Don’t give me
+away. I’ll try to take care of you.’
+
+“Before she could say anything, I went back to my place on the other
+side and stretched myself along the seat, feigning sleep. I thought
+this would be the best thing to do because I might be expected to
+perform some routine duty about the ship that I didn’t know anything
+about. I figured that if there was something that I should be doing,
+they would try to wake me up and tell me to do it, and that would give
+me an idea what it was that I was expected to do.
+
+“Although I was pretending to be asleep, I kept the corners of my eyes
+open. After a little while the two men came back to their seats. As
+they passed me they both looked at me. One of them said.
+
+“‘There’s that lazy devil Harrison asleep again.’
+
+“That was a fine cue for me. I now knew what my name was supposed to
+be, and fortunately I was keeping up the reputation of the man I had
+killed.
+
+“After two more hours of flying I experienced the slight sensation that
+told me we were descending and I figured that we must be coming to the
+pirate’s base. The other two fellows had gone to the forward part of
+the cabin again, and the pirate was very busy at his controls. All of
+the other three were looking out of the windows at the ground below.
+
+“Very cautiously I edged over a little toward Miss Ingleton. As soon as
+I was near her I whispered loud enough for her to hear:
+
+“‘As soon as we land, I’m going to try and hide myself somewhere. I
+want you to keep me informed of what is happening and to keep some food
+for me if possible. I’ll come and see you whenever I get a chance, if
+I’m successful in getting away.’
+
+“She nodded that she had heard me, and I moved back to my original
+position, still pretending to be asleep. It was not many minutes before
+we landed on the water, inside a small coral reef that made a natural
+harbor on the eastern side of the island. It could not have been better
+designed for the purpose of the pirate.
+
+“As the airplane came to a stop near a ledge of rock one of the men
+came over and gave me a light poke in the ribs with his elbows and
+yelled: ‘Get up you, lazy devil, we’re home. Take some of this stuff
+ashore.’
+
+“I was all keyed up for the test that now confronted me. I went over to
+where the packages were stowed, picked up as many as I could carry and
+leisurely walked ashore with them. One of the other men was in front
+of me with some of the packages. I followed him into a crude hut that
+had been erected about a hundred yards inshore and there deposited the
+packages.
+
+“The other fellow began to pull off his heavy flying clothes and
+helmet, as they were terribly hot in that climate. I was almost
+fainting with the heat myself, but I did not dare take mine off. I
+muttered some excuse about what I wanted to do and went out. As soon as
+I got outside, I took a quick glance at my surroundings. The island was
+apparently of volcanic origin and was very rocky. I began to walk over
+as slowly as I could in my excited state to a rock that was not more
+than fifty yards away. There was a level patch of gravel beach facing
+the little bay, and on this were two buildings, in addition to the hut,
+that had been erected by the pirate and his crew.
+
+“As soon as I got behind the shelter of the rock I paused again to
+take in my surroundings. Some distance to the westward there was rough
+hilly country rising to about five hundred feet. I peered around the
+rock toward the beach and saw the pirate assisting Miss Ingleton
+ashore. Two of the crew were making the airplane fast to a ringbolt in
+the rock. The third man I had followed ashore was now returning to the
+airplane in his ordinary clothes.
+
+“It was an excellent opportunity for me, I thought. I hurriedly shed
+the heavy flying clothes and began to run toward the hilly country,
+carrying the clothes with me. I thought they might come handy if
+the nights were at all chilly in the higher parts of the island. I
+continued running for some time, glancing back now and then to see
+whether my absence had been noticed.
+
+“In the rough part of the island I was soon out of sight of the beach.
+Then I slackened down in my speed and began to look around for a
+suitable hiding place as temporary quarters until I could survey the
+island thoroughly. I wanted to find a place where I could remain safely
+without detection in case they began to look for me.
+
+“On the southeastern side of the island I ran into some rather thick
+tropical growth upon the hillside. I penetrated this, and after a
+short walk I found a small depression in the side of the hill that
+was well screened by the vegetation about it. There were a number of
+cocoanut palms in this section and lots of banana plants. As soon as
+I had prepared my hiding place I gathered some bananas and ate them
+ravenously. I had not eaten since the airship was attacked about six
+hours before, so I was very hungry. After I had finished eating I fixed
+up my hiding place for the night.
+
+“A short distance from the place that I had selected I found a small
+spring which trickled away into a tiny stream to the sea. It looked as
+though this would be as good a place as any I could possibly find on
+the island. It was well sheltered, and there were food and water close
+to it. Only by the closest search could it be located. It gave me a
+great feeling of security, and I turned in for a good sleep.
+
+“That’s the story of how I got to the pirate’s base. I certainly was
+very lucky. Although I was missed that night, they didn’t make any
+search for me until the next day, and then it was not a very careful
+one. I heard them shouting, ‘Oh, Harrison, where are you?’, as they
+looked around for a while, but they soon gave it up.
+
+“I waited a couple of days before I ventured out of my hiding place.
+During that time I lived on the fruit around me and the water from
+the spring. On the third day I went out very cautiously and gradually
+worked my way to the rock where I had first taken off my flying
+clothes. From that point I made a more careful observation of the
+pirate’s nest along the bay. For the first time I noticed the schooner
+Hilo beached in a narrow inlet on the western side of the bay. I
+subsequently found that she had been scuttled there.
+
+“As I looked I saw the pirate and his crew at work on the flying boat.
+They were apparently making some repairs. I was glad to see all four of
+them busy because then I knew that they could not be looking for me.
+It was then that I made a surprising discovery.
+
+“I told you previously that I had observed two buildings along the
+shore that had been erected by the pirate. Well, one of them resembled
+a long rambling cowshed. While I was watching this particular day
+I noticed a peculiar wisp of bluish smoke coming out of a chimney
+at the end of the building. This attracted my attention immediately
+because I could see no reason for a fire in that latitude. While I
+looked a couple of men came out of the building and walked down to the
+airplane. It was the first time that I knew the pirate had anyone else
+on the island besides his crew, and I was really frightened because it
+increased the chances of my detection, and I knew that others could be
+put to work to look for me.
+
+“While I was thinking the situation over I saw Miss Ingleton come out
+of the other house. She stood still for a few moments, looking over the
+bay, then she turned around and looked toward the center of the island.
+I waited for the first opportunity and stepping outside the shelter
+of the rock, I waved my arm, motioning her to come to me. She saw me
+almost immediately, and I ducked behind the rock. She turned back and
+looked toward the bay again, and seeing that everything was going on as
+usual, started toward me, walking very slowly.
+
+“I saw she had a book in her hand. As soon as she got within hearing I
+said to her:
+
+“‘Sit down on the other side of the rock where they can see you, Miss
+Ingleton, and pretend you are reading.’
+
+“She did this. Then I asked her how they were treating her. When she
+answered me I could tell she was almost crying by the sound of her
+voice.
+
+“‘Oh!’ she said, ‘I live in constant fear. They are treating me
+alright, but I feel uneasy. This pirate is a man I knew in Washington
+who once proposed to me and I refused him. I am really afraid of him,
+although he has acted perfectly so far.’
+
+“‘His name is Levanter--Joseph D. Levanter’, she replied. ‘He was an
+officer in the aviation service in Washington. He left the service
+when I refused to marry him, and we wondered where he had gone. When
+I refused him he told me that he had just done something wonderful
+and that I would regret my action very much. At the time I didn’t pay
+much attention to his threat but now it seems that he took me off the
+airship to carry out that threat. I didn’t know who he was until we got
+to this island and he took his helmet off. Then I recognized him and he
+laughed at me.’
+
+“‘What did he say?’ I asked.
+
+“‘He didn’t say a thing. He just looked at me and smiled in a funny
+way. I asked him what he intended to do with me. He said: ‘Do you
+remember the last time we were together and what I told you?’ I was so
+frightened I couldn’t look at him. I asked him again what he was going
+to do with me. ‘Don’t worry, no one is going to hurt you,’ he said.
+Then he left me and went away to the airplane to do some work.’
+
+“I could readily see that the situation was very distressing to her,
+although I could not see her because she was sitting on the other side
+of the rock. Therefore I decided to change the topic, especially as
+I was anxious to find how I stood and what the possibilities of any
+search for me might be. I asked her.
+
+“‘When did they find out I was missing?’
+
+“‘It wasn’t until they got through with their work. Then they asked one
+another if anybody had seen Harrison. That’s the name of the man you
+killed on the airship.’
+
+“‘What did they do then?’ I asked.
+
+“‘One of them said: ‘Oh, that lazy devil has gone off somewhere. He’ll
+come back.’ The next day they went out to look for you, but they didn’t
+seem to be very much concerned.’
+
+“This allayed my fears a great deal. Undoubtedly the man Harrison had
+a very unreliable reputation, and it was a good thing for me. Later I
+found out that they would have gotten rid of him before, but they were
+afraid he might give their secret away.
+
+“I discussed the general situation with Miss Ingleton, and we made
+arrangements to meet at the rock every day at a certain hour in the
+morning whenever possible, so that she could tell me what was happening
+and anything that she might overhear. I promised to take care of her to
+the best of my ability. I was on the island over two months, and it was
+during that time that we made plans at our meetings for me to get away
+from the island. During the two months I learned everything possible
+about the pirate’s machine and plans with Miss Ingleton’s assistance.
+
+“While he was away on his flights I went over and examined the schooner
+Hilo. It was impossible to use her, as she had been completely
+scuttled. This was done evidently to prevent the Kanaka crew from
+leaving the island. It was the Kanakas I had seen working in the long
+building.
+
+“I did find that the lifeboat of the Hilo could be easily patched
+up and made seaworthy, so I made up my mind to try it. I did this
+while the pirate was away on his flights. Miss Ingleton helped me by
+secreting tools that she obtained from the toolbox whenever possible.
+She also carried food to the place every time she got a chance, so
+that I would have supplies for my voyage. It was in this way that I
+made arrangements to leave the island and bring the information I had
+gathered to the authorities.
+
+“It took quite a considerable time to repair the boat, particularly as
+the time I had to work on it was very limited. I finally succeeded,
+however, and got away in the middle of a night about ten days before
+you picked me up. I hadn’t been able to get a compass or any other
+navigating instrument, and through the first night I steered by the
+stars alone. After that I steered by the Sun, and just let the boat
+drift during the night. I was trying to make Midway Island, figuring
+that once I got there I could get a schooner to take me to Honolulu.
+I must have drifted way off the course during the night because I had
+been going for ten days when you picked me up. It was lucky when you
+came along when you did because I was about all in.
+
+“The time I chose to leave the island was when I knew the pirate would
+have to spend about a week repairing and overhauling his airplane. I
+was afraid that if by any chance they discovered the boat was missing
+from the old schooner----”
+
+At this moment a quartermaster tapped on the captain’s door and
+entering, said:
+
+“Mr. Jones’ compliments, sir, we are now off the harbor.”
+
+The interruption cut Redmond’s narrative short as the captain was
+compelled to go to the bridge and give the necessary navigating orders
+to bring his ship into harbor. Half an hour later the Farragut was at
+anchor in Pearl Harbor.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TWENTY-TWO
+
+
+Out of the realm of his recent adventures Howard Redmond stepped ashore
+in Pearl Harbor from the captain’s gig of the cruiser Farragut. With
+him came Captain Moore who had refrained from notifying the officials
+of Redmond’s rescue, fearing that the pirate might pick up the wireless
+message and so become aware of the fact that the location of his base
+had been discovered.
+
+Dramatically inclined, Captain Moore seized the opportunity of
+presenting Redmond to the naval authorities in an effort to make it as
+effective an affair as possible. He personally led the man whom his
+crew had picked up on the Pacific Ocean into the office of Captain
+Smith, the naval commandant ashore. There, assuming a grandiloquent
+air, he announced in stentorian tones:
+
+“Captain, here is the man who has just come direct from the pirate’s
+base.”
+
+Pausing, he watched for several seconds with satisfied enjoyment the
+result produced by his announcement. He was just about to proceed in
+the development of the dramatic situation, when Redmond, with graver
+thoughts on his mind, broke in and said:
+
+“What Captain Moore has told you, sir, is true, but before I tell you
+about it, will you please instruct your wireless operator to send
+the signal ‘QVT’ at the end of each sentence when he sends out his
+daily news bulletin, instead of the usual word ‘stop.’ This is very
+important, and I shall explain the reason to you when I tell you my
+story.”
+
+Captain Smith, after a few perfunctionary questions, issued the
+necessary instructions to the operator in charge of the big wireless
+station at the naval base. He then sent for Commodore Heathcote, the
+commanding air officer of the Hawaiian district. When the latter
+arrived Redmond began his narrative. He told in detail again the story
+he had already related to Captain Moore. Then he said:
+
+“The last time I saw Miss Ingleton I promised her that if I got away
+safely to Honolulu I would get the naval station to send out the ‘QVT’
+signal, so that she would know that I had arrived. That’s the reason I
+asked you to do it. Levanter has a wireless receiving station on the
+island and, knowing that Miss Ingleton has always been interested in
+wireless, has permitted her to listen in each day in order to help her
+pass the time away. You see, there is no sending station connected with
+it, and he knew she could not send out any message that would endanger
+his security. Therefore as soon as she gets the ‘QVT’ signed she will
+know that help will be coming to her very soon.”
+
+“If that’s the case,” said Captain Smith, “you may rest assured she
+knows it already because the news schedule is on right now.”
+
+“Is there anything you can tell us about the machine that Levanter is
+using?” interspersed Commodore Heathcote.
+
+“I can tell you pretty well everything about it,” replied Redmond.
+
+“Can you suggest any means to successfully attack him?”
+
+“Well, you can judge for yourself after I have described his machine
+and his base,” continued Redmond. “I think it will be best if I tell
+you all about the conditions on the island. It’s part of the story that
+I didn’t tell Captain Moore, because I didn’t have time.
+
+“In the first place I learned everything about his remarkable machine
+from Miss Ingleton and my own observation during the short time I was
+on it. Levanter was quite sure of his security and felt confident
+that she could not get away from him and with a feeling of pride
+occasionally told her some of the secrets of the airplane. He did this
+because, at my suggestion, she took a great deal of interest in his
+machine and asked him a lot of questions about it. Then she would tell
+me at different times when I met her at the rock all that he had told
+her.
+
+“Just what he intends to do with Miss Ingleton I don’t know. He has
+not said a single thing to her that would indicate his intentions
+so far as I know, but she didn’t tell me very much regarding her
+relations with him. He takes her with him on his flights every time.
+He has insisted on that, but on the island, from what she has told me,
+he does not attempt to molest her, or coerce her in any way. He is in
+fact extremely courteous to her, and she is free to move about as she
+pleases to any part of the island.
+
+“Now, as far as the machine is concerned, it is designed in such a
+manner that it can be flown at extremely high altitudes without any
+dangerous effect upon the crew who are fully protected within the
+cabin. The body is absolutely watertight and is strong enough to
+withstand external or internal pressure to a very high degree. In fact
+the strength of its plates affords armor protection against normal
+attack. It is provided with collapsible wings. When these are folded
+up and all the doors secured the machine automatically becomes a
+submarine. It has compensating tanks inside that can be filled with
+water to enable it to remain below the sea without moving.
+
+“When leaving the air and plunging into the sea it goes under in the
+same manner as the diving type of submarine, and the tail surfaces
+act as fins, as does also the small projection formed by the folded
+wings. Once beneath the sea, its compensating tanks permit it to remain
+submerged in a stationary position, in the same manner as an actual
+submersible. It is equipped with a telescoping periscope that can be
+ejected from the forward gunpit.
+
+“The real secret of the machine, however, is in the design of the
+engine. It is used for flying, surface cruising, or propelling the
+machine under the water. This engine is Levanter’s own invention and
+was built to his special design by the men with him, in a secret
+workshop. He employs liquid oxygen for fuel, utilizing the expansive
+force of the liquid gas when it is released from its vacuum container.
+After the gas has gone through the engine and has been transformed from
+a liquid into a gaseous state it is then used for breathing purposes
+in the cabin, whenever the machine is at unusually high altitudes, or
+beneath the surface of the sea. This explains the reason why we were
+able to breathe without difficulty while flying at an altitude of
+35,000 feet. It also accounts for the manner in which the pirate was
+able to keep beneath the surface of the ocean after his fight with
+Commander Fitzgerald, which Miss Ingleton described to me in a very
+thrilling manner.
+
+“The engine is located right inside the cabin, near the controls.
+Its power is transmitted to the propellers by means of gears and is
+applied through a clutch. By the movement of a lever this clutch can be
+disengaged, and the power applied to the marine screw at the end of the
+cabin. The marine screw is used for cruising purposes, either on the
+water or beneath the sea.
+
+“Those are the general features of the machine itself. It is highly
+efficient in design, and particularly so in its power. That is the
+reason he can get such tremendous speed out of it. Miss Ingleton
+told me he had boasted to her that in one test flight over a measured
+course, running both against the wind and with the wind, the machine
+had averaged a speed of 350 miles an hour. Apparently it is only the
+strong construction of the airplane that permits it to withstand
+the tremendous pressure at such a terrific speed. The cabin, being
+airtight, relieves the crew from any ill effects that might result from
+the rush of air at that speed, while the oxygen from the engine enables
+them to breathe normally.”
+
+As Redmond paused a moment in his description, Commodore Heathcote
+broke in and asked:
+
+“But how does he get the liquid oxygen for his machine?”
+
+“I was just coming to that,” answered Redmond. “Of course, you must
+understand that nearly all of this information I got second hand
+through Miss Ingleton. She obtained it from Levanter by asking him
+questions whenever she caught him in a boasting mood. The whole story
+of his career on the island as I got it from her is practically this:
+
+“He came to Honolulu with his machine boxed up in parts. There he
+bought the schooner Hilo and shipped its Kanaka crew. Apparently he had
+already chosen Patrocinio Island from the map, and the schooner had
+sailed there. The island is about five miles long and approximately
+two miles wide. As soon as he arrived he made a survey of the island
+and decided it was suitable for his purpose. After he had sailed the
+schooner inside the coral reef that makes a natural breakwater for the
+harbor he got the Kanakas to rig up some tents ashore, and then had
+them carry the packing cases on to the beach. When this has been done,
+he put them to work, building the permanent log houses. At the first
+opportunity during night time he and his crew ran the Hilo ashore and
+scuttled her there, so the Kanakas could not leave the island. They
+also stove in the lifeboat which I used.
+
+“While the Kanakas were building the houses, Levanter and his crew were
+assembling their airplane. Among the equipment they brought with them
+was a complete distilling apparatus designed by Levanter. This was put
+up in one of the houses. By his own process Levanter obtains alcohol
+from the grass and other vegetation on the island. He used the alcohol
+as fuel to produce electrical power for the chemical process that is
+necessary for extracting the oxygen and later liquefying it.
+
+“One of the two big buildings is devoted entirely to this apparatus.
+In fact it is quite a laboratory. The tool and repair plant are also
+located in that house. The other house is used for living purposes, and
+the Kanakas live in the hut where we stowed the baggage that he takes
+from the airships he shoots down.
+
+“His condensing apparatus for the extraction and liquefaction of
+oxygen is very remarkable and complete. Miss Ingleton had seen it in
+operation, but she could not describe it to me very well. He obtains
+his oxygen by means of the fractional distillation of liquid air.
+In this connection he has a very remarkable cannon on his airplane.
+Instead of using the ordinary high explosive, he utilizes liquid oxygen
+with powdered charcoal, which gives far greater explosive force. His
+shells are really vacuum containers for the liquid gas, and with the
+aid of a very peculiar detonator he breaks down the vacuum and fires
+the charge at the same time.
+
+“Of course he is very sparing with his ammunition because he has to
+make all he needs on the island. When he came there he brought a
+considerable amount of metal suitable for the manufacture of his vacuum
+containers, and one of the first things that he did was to construct a
+large number of small but highly powerful mines that are filled with
+the liquid gas. These have been submerged around the entrance to the
+harbor.
+
+“From each airship that he attacked, he has obtained as much metal as
+he could get, and with it has constructed more mines, until now he has
+practically encircled the island with them. This leaves him pretty
+nearly secure from any surprise attack on the island by naval vessels.
+The vacuum containers he uses to carry fuel for his engine serve their
+purpose continuously and do not have to be renewed. That is pretty well
+all I know about his equipment.
+
+“He treats the Kanakas very well, and his men have trained them to do a
+great deal of the routine work connected with the laboratory. They do
+not know the game Levanter is playing, but think that he is engaged in
+some great and important task, and their child-like vanity is tickled
+at the work he gives them to do. When they asked him about the schooner
+Levanter told them it was wrecked in a storm. He told them he could
+get another to take them off the island when he had finished his work
+there. In fact he has trained them so well that he leaves them on the
+island when he goes out on his flights, without any fear that they will
+damage any of his equipment. He has chosen one of them to act as chief
+and he tells this man just what he wants the Kanakas to do while he is
+away, and they do it.”
+
+As he reached the end of his description, Redmond uttered a sigh of
+relief and settled back in his chair. It was only a momentary rest,
+however, as Captain Smith immediately asked:
+
+“Where does Miss Ingleton live on the island?”
+
+“In the same house with Levanter and his crew,” replied Redmond. “They
+have partitioned off a room for her, and Levanter sees that she has
+everything she needs. One of the trunks which they took from the Wilbur
+Wright was found to contain feminine apparel, and they have turned
+this over to her, and so far as I know she is not in want of anything.
+One of the crew spoke insolently to her once, and Levanter happened to
+overhear him. A great fight followed, Miss Ingleton told me, and the
+man has been very civil to her ever since.”
+
+“Did she ever tell you about her flight at the time of the battle with
+Commander Fitzgerald?” inquired Captain Smith.
+
+Before Redmond could reply, Arthur Ingleton arrived at Captain
+Smith’s office. The latter had sent for him, knowing well that the
+former Secretary of the Navy would be interested to hear first hand
+information about his missing daughter. Ingleton came in just at the
+moment Redmond was about to answer Captain Smith’s question. After
+mutual introductions, Redmond continued:
+
+“Yes! she did describe that to me. She told a very interesting story
+about her experience. She didn’t know the airplane could be turned into
+a submarine and consequently it was a very thrilling adventure to her,
+although it almost gave her heart failure.
+
+“She told me that she was very apprehensive the morning Levanter set
+out. She had been on the machine the previous day when Commander
+Fitzgerald’s squadron appeared and opened fire upon Levanter. The
+latter had told her of his intention to go out the next day and meet
+Fitzgerald and fight it out with him. He insisted that she accompany
+him on the flight.
+
+“‘I implored him to let me stay behind on the island,’ she told me, but
+he said to her, ‘You don’t want me to leave you behind here unprotected
+with these Kanakas, do you? Suppose we didn’t come back! What would you
+do then, alone here with the natives?’
+
+“She tried to persuade him again, she said, but it was in vain. He
+compelled her to go with him. She was very excited and apprehensive,
+particularly when Fitzgerald’s squadron was observed coming out of the
+northwestern skies. As soon as the machines of the squadron were close
+to them, she told me, Levanter came over to her and said:
+
+“‘Mary, I want you to go outside the gunpit and wave to Fitzgerald.’
+
+“‘Oh! you can’t be so cruel as that,’ she said she replied.
+
+“‘You must do as I tell you,’ he said with a savage glint in his eyes.
+
+“‘There was nothing else but to do what he told me,’ she said.
+
+“According to her story she went out and waved to the other airplanes.
+She did not know which was the one Fitzgerald was in, and she couldn’t
+see any signs of a response from any of them. After a while Levanter
+told her to come back inside.
+
+“She did this willingly enough, she said, because she was very scared.
+It was not long before she heard the firing from the other ships. There
+was no sound from the guns on Levanter’s machine. This was because he
+was using liquid oxygen explosive.
+
+“It was then that she experienced the reactions which she told me
+about. I shall try to repeat her words as nearly as I can:
+
+“‘My heart was beating terribly,’ she said, ‘and I was so frightened
+that I just simply shivered on the seat inside the cabin. After a
+long, long time I felt the machine go into a giddy dive, and my heart
+went into my mouth. I could bear the suspense no longer. I went to the
+window and looked out. The sea seemed to be coming right up to us. It
+looked as though we were falling into it.
+
+“‘After a while the airplane straightened out, just when it seemed
+as though we were about to plunge into the sea. The other airplanes
+were coming after us, firing their guns all the time. It was really
+horrible, and I was in perfect terror. A little later there was a dull
+heavy sound when one of the shells struck our airplane and made it
+shake violently. As I looked horror-stricken through the window our
+machine went right into the sea.
+
+“‘At that moment I experienced the most terrible feeling I ever knew. A
+hundred thoughts passed through my mind so quickly I couldn’t realize
+what they were all about. Suddenly something told me I was about to
+die. The thought chilled me with horror, and I fell off the seat in a
+dead swoon.
+
+“‘How long I was unconscious I don’t know, but when I opened my eyes
+again the horror of it all passed through my mind very rapidly. I
+looked around with fear. I couldn’t see a thing. It was inky black all
+around me. I lifted my hand in front of my eyes but couldn’t see it.
+Then I felt around me to find where I was. Suddenly a terrible thought
+passed through my mind and I cried aloud in absolute terror:
+
+“‘Good heavens! I’m blind! where am I?’
+
+“‘A terrible harsh voice near me replied:
+
+“‘‘Don’t make a noise, you’re alright. You’re not blind. Keep still,
+and you’ll be alright in a few minutes.’
+
+“‘Where am I? Where am I?’ I cried.
+
+“‘‘Shut up, will you!’ was all the answer I got.
+
+“‘The time that I lay petrified with fear seemed like ages. I didn’t
+know what was the matter, and the man who spoke to me had such a rough
+voice that I didn’t dare speak again. I was afraid to move or try to
+get up from where I was lying, although it was very painful on the hard
+floor, because I didn’t know but what I might fall down in the darkness.
+
+“‘After a long, long time, a faint greenish light began to come,
+wherefrom I couldn’t tell. It increased very quickly, and I looked
+around to find that I was still in the cabin of Levanter’s airplane.
+I couldn’t understand it at all. In a very short time everything was
+quite normal again, with as much light as we ever had there.
+
+“‘Joe Levanter was sitting at the controls, and the other men were at
+their stations. They didn’t look at all concerned. I got up slowly. I
+was aching terribly from the fall and the hard floor. How long I had
+been lying there I don’t know, and Levanter never told me.
+
+“‘I walked over painfully to the window and looked out. The airplane
+was on the surface of the sea, but I couldn’t see its wings. There
+wasn’t another vessel or airplane in sight. While I was looking
+Levanter said to one of the men:
+
+“‘‘Go outside and see where the shot hit us, also how much damage it
+has done. I think it must have hit one of the wings.’
+
+“‘The man opened the cabin door and went out. He was gone quite a
+while. When he came back he said:
+
+“‘‘It hit us on the starboard wing and it has buckled one of the
+plates. You’d better open up the wings and see whether they are
+alright.’
+
+“‘Levanter pulled a lever, and I saw the wings shoot out from the sides
+of the airplane, then I heard a loud snapping sound, and they became
+rigid.
+
+“‘The man who made the examination went outside again and walked over
+the right wing. He got down on his knees near the end of the wing and
+examined it very carefully. From the window I could see a big dent
+where he was stooping down. That must have been where the shell struck
+the wing. After a while the man returned inside the cabin and said to
+Levanter:
+
+“‘‘It has made a very nasty dent in the plates but it hasn’t done any
+material damage. The wing is not seriously injured, and I think it will
+hold up alright!’ There was some more conversation, and in a little
+while Levanter opened up the engine and took off. After three hours
+flying we were back at the island again.’”
+
+Redmond paused a moment and looked around, then he added:
+
+“That was about the gist of the story she told me.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TWENTY-THREE
+
+
+Arthur Ingleton with the marks of his recent suffering deeply engraven
+on his face, sat motionless while Howard Redmond related the thrilling
+experience of his daughter during the historic battle in the Pacific
+skies. It was the first concrete information concerning her that he had
+received since she was taken from the lifeboat of the Wilbur Wright by
+the aerial pirate. As soon as Redmond finished the dramatic narrative
+Ingleton plied him with innumerable questions regarding his daughter’s
+welfare and the conditions generally upon the island. Then after a
+considerable discussion along these lines he asked in anxious tones:
+
+“If we attack Levanter at his base, how can my daughter be protected.”
+
+“Well, I’ve thought of that very carefully,” replied Redmond, “in fact
+the question has been in my mind ever since I first got on the island.
+It seems to me that the best way she can be protected now is for me to
+return to the island and get into communication with her. When I left
+I promised her that I would do my best to come back, if I got here
+safely, and let her know what was going to be done. I can get back
+there easily enough, I think. I have thoroughly explored the island,
+and know every portion of it. My plan is that one of the cruisers take
+me back to the island. The captain of the cruiser can arrange to arrive
+off the island about midnight without any lights burning. He can steam
+to within a mile of the southern coast, where there is a little cove,
+without any danger from the submerged mines which do not extend so far
+out on that side of the island. Then a boat crew can row me over to
+the landing place on the shores of the cove. We can tow a smaller boat
+behind us, which can be hidden on the beach, so that if it is possible
+Miss Ingleton and I can use it to escape from the island.
+
+“When I get back to the island I propose to go to the cave on
+the southeastern section where I lived before. Then at the first
+opportunity I shall go over to our meeting place on the rock and tell
+your daughter of any plans we may devise for her rescue. What we have
+got to do now is to agree upon some plan of attack.”
+
+“Are you absolutely sure that Levanter does not know that you were on
+the island?” asked Ingleton, “it seems strange to me that he should
+not have taken more active steps to ascertain what became of his man
+Harrison.”
+
+“Well, he did,” replied Redmond, “but I didn’t tell you about it
+because I wanted to let you know the more important details first. As a
+matter of fact after my first conversation with your daughter he did
+make a very complete search of the island.
+
+“In this search he was assisted by the men with him. Fortunately for
+me, I got word of his intentions from Miss Ingleton in advance. I
+cleaned up my place about the cave, so that there was no evidence of
+my presence there. Then I picked out one of the thickest trees I could
+find. I climbed up into it and stayed there until they had passed
+through my little grove. It was a very trying ordeal, but it was the
+only way that safety lay for me. Believe me I stayed there for a
+considerable time after they had departed. I wasn’t taking any chances.
+
+“I learned afterwards from Miss Ingleton that they made a complete
+and exhaustive search of every part of the island. Levanter seemed
+to be very worried that Harrison might have escaped from the island
+and informed the government authorities where his base was. He freely
+confessed his fears to your daughter. That was why he made such a
+complete search.
+
+“There is quite a stretch of sandy beach on the western side of the
+island, and during the day after her arrival Miss Ingleton learned that
+Harrison was in the habit of going there to take a swim. She found this
+out from Levanter while he was discussing the absence of Harrison with
+his men. At that time they casually remarked that he had probably gone
+there and would soon be back again.
+
+“She told me about it when I met her the next day, and consequently I
+went right over to that side of the island and took Harrison’s flying
+suit that I had worn on the airplane, with me. As soon as I found the
+beach I threw the flying suit down carelessly and left it there. I
+figured that if they made a search of the island they would find it
+there and might possibly draw the conclusion that Harrison had gone
+there and had been drowned while swimming. It was the best chance to
+explain his disappearance that came up, and it practically eliminated
+the possibility of Levanter surmising that there was a stranger on the
+island.
+
+“It was a good thing that I did this because that is exactly what
+happened. They were so afraid that Harrison would betray them that
+they made a complete search of the interior of the island before they
+went to the beach. When they were unable to locate him anywhere in the
+center of the island they gradually worked their way toward the western
+beach.
+
+“There they found the flying clothes which they carried back with them
+to the station. Afterwards, in discussing the situation, Miss Ingleton
+heard Levanter advance the opinion that Harrison had been drowned. At
+the time of their search, however, they did not take any chance on that
+belief, because as soon as they had scoured the island Levanter ordered
+the airplane out, and he and his crew took the air to search the waters
+near the island, on the possible chance that Harrison might be escaping
+in a boat of some kind. They thought it strange that he had not left
+his other clothes about the beach.
+
+“Because of the fact that he had been missing for three days by that
+time they made a search for a considerable distance about the ocean in
+every direction from the island, to make sure that he was not in a boat.
+
+“I was convinced that I would be safe so long as I was not seen
+anywhere on the island, and throughout the time I was there I was
+very careful about my movements. I did not relax my vigilance at any
+moment and was very careful to cover up every move that I made. Even
+when Levanter was away on his flights I was very careful because the
+Kanakas were still on the island, and I did not want them to see me.
+Consequently the work I had to do on the lifeboat of the schooner Hilo
+was accomplished under the greatest difficulty because I had to keep
+one eye open for Kanakas all the time I was working.
+
+“I think we can safely dismiss the problem of Harrison, as I am sure
+that Levanter and his men are convinced he was drowned. In fact I
+believe they have forgotten all about him by this time. I am equally
+sure that Levanter is completely ignorant that I was on the island, so
+we have the advantage over him in that respect. It only remains then in
+my opinion to devise a plan to attack upon.”
+
+“Have you got any suggestions to make that would help us to attack
+him?” asked Commodore Heathcote.
+
+“Well I haven’t thought much about it,” replied Redmond. “I’ve told you
+practically all the main facts. I am not very well acquainted with the
+military situation, but it seems to me that you would not stand much
+chance against his machine with your present equipment, and personally
+I don’t think the naval vessels would be of any help, if you are
+considering to use them. But, of course, my opinion isn’t worth very
+much, I’ll admit.”
+
+“We might use naval craft to blockade the island and make it untenable
+by a continuous fusilade of fire from all sides,” suggested Captain
+Smith.
+
+“The blockade itself wouldn’t interfere with his flying operations,”
+interposed Commodore Heathcote, “and he could bomb the naval vessels.
+There is no doubt the shelling would annoy him, but outside of a direct
+hit on the supply plants, it wouldn’t be of any material value and it
+might endanger Miss Ingleton.”
+
+“That’s true,” replied Captain Smith, “but I believe it would worry him
+to such an extent that he would not be able to carry out his raids on
+commercial airships. He would either have to fight us at the island or
+else move on to a new base. Have you any other plan in mind?”
+
+“Well, yes, a tentative one,” said Heathcote. “On second thought I
+think the naval cordon around the island would be a good idea under
+these circumstances. We have now an excellent description of Levanter’s
+airplane and in fact practically all the details concerning it. I
+suggest cabling them to Washington and have the experts in the
+construction bureaus of the different departments there devise some
+weapon that we could use to fight his machine. As soon as we get this
+from them we can establish the blockade around the island and attack
+him with the new weapon. For instance, what I have in mind is this:
+If he uses liquid gas for his explosives, there must be some chemical
+weapon that would counteract the effect of such explosive and which we
+could use successfully against him.”
+
+“Why not place the blockade around the island anyway?” argued Captain
+Smith.
+
+“Well, the thought I had in mind was that such a blockade would tip
+Levanter off that we knew the location of his base, and we are not
+actually ready to attack him. Of course, if we did establish the
+blockade he would realize we knew where he was located,” answered
+Heathcote. “It seems to me that we can go ahead and make all possible
+arrangements to meet and check his attacks on the commercial lines
+until we are ready to fight him, and then go after him properly
+organized and completely equipped.”
+
+“Alright, I understand your point of view,” said Captain Smith, “but
+nevertheless I am still convinced that the blockade would be extremely
+useful. Even if we did not attempt to shell the island, our very
+presence would worry him and limit the extent of his raids. Moreover
+if he should leave the island we would know it immediately and could
+wireless the fact, so that our aerial patrols could be on the lookout
+for him and be ready to protect the commercial ships.
+
+“In addition to this I think that Redmond’s plans to return to the
+island could be more easily carried out with the assistance of the
+blockade, and the chances of his getting Miss Ingleton off the island
+would be a hundredfold better with the navy boats there than otherwise.
+
+“We could arrange a system of signals with Redmond, so that he could
+keep us informed of what was going on as soon as he learned anything
+through Miss Ingleton. The blockade would not interfere in any way with
+your plans to devise more efficient weapons to attack him with. It
+would assist in keeping Levanter on the island.
+
+“You must not forget that if when we throw the blockade around the
+island, he should decide to go to another island and establish a new
+base, it would be impossible for him to take his manufacturing and
+repair plants with him, unless he made a number of very long flights to
+and from the new island. If he did this, we could learn of it through
+Redmond and also possibly learn of his new destination, and then we
+could take steps to attack him there before he had a chance to fortify
+himself.
+
+“Personally, however, I think he will stay where he is until the very
+last minute. He will not take any chance of moving to a new place where
+we might get him more easily, at least that is my opinion. Such a
+move would be too hazardous and too difficult to accomplish. He might
+fly away and abandon his machine at some unknown place, if pressed too
+closely at Patrocinio.
+
+“Taking all these things into consideration, I am absolutely of the
+opinion that the best move we can make is to establish an immediate
+blockade around the island. We can take every possible measure of
+defense to protect the naval vessels from bombing attacks, which I
+don’t think will be very numerous, judging from Redmond’s description
+of the difficulty he has in obtaining metal suitable for the
+manufacture of the bombs. I am willing, however, to put the matter up
+to the authorities in Washington and let them decide, although I am
+equally willing to assume the responsibility for ordering the move.
+In any case I think it will be a good thing to advise Washington
+completely of the situation.”
+
+At this moment Ingleton, who had been listening attentively to the
+discussion, broke in:
+
+“Whatever you decide, there is one thing I want to say. It is this: I
+cannot stand idly by while my daughter is in danger. I am going to the
+island with Redmond when he goes.”
+
+“But Mr. Ingleton,” objected Redmond, “I think that would seriously
+handicap our chances. You don’t know the island or the conditions
+there.”
+
+“I’ve made up my mind!” stated Ingleton firmly.
+
+“I appreciate your anxiety and your feelings,” replied Redmond, “and I
+hope you will excuse me for speaking frankly, because it is a question
+of life and death for your daughter. You must pardon me, Sir, but you
+are not as active as you used to be, and this is a situation that needs
+vigorous action for success. In addition the chances of recovering your
+daughter will be greatly lessened if we are discovered, and the more of
+us are on the island the greater the danger of our being discovered.”
+
+“I’ve made up my mind and nothing will change it,” declared Ingleton
+with emphasis.
+
+“Very well, Sir, if such is the case I must accede to your wishes,”
+said Redmond. “I only hope that our mission will be successful.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TWENTY-FOUR
+
+
+For two long, weary weeks Mary Ingleton watched upon her island prison,
+with a patience born of hope, for the news that would tell her of the
+safe arrival of Howard Redmond at Honolulu. Day after day she sat in
+the improvised wireless room with the receivers fastened to her ears,
+vainly listening for the code word they had agreed upon before his
+departure--the code which meant ultimate freedom for her and the longed
+for return to her parents.
+
+Her watch for this signal, though weary and lonesome, was actuated by
+her keen desire to get back to her mother who was deeply distressed
+when Levanter took her off the airship. She knew that her mother would
+be worrying over her safety and that worry would materially affect her
+mother’s health. This thought greatly depressed Mary and added to her
+anxiousness to get away from the island.
+
+Mary had little thought that a long captivity awaited her when she
+agreed to leave the airship Wilbur Wright at the pirate’s behest; and
+of course, she did not know then that the pirate was Joe Levanter, the
+man she had refused to marry in Washington. Many times since then,
+however, she had pondered over the momentous occasion and regretted
+the actions she had not taken at that time. At the critical moment when
+she was ordered out of the lifeboat by Levanter it seemed as though she
+had done the best thing possible under the circumstances for everybody
+on the airship. She did not then know what motive actuated the pirate
+in ordering her to go aboard his airplane, and still less did she dream
+that her compliance would mean separation from her family, and virtual
+imprisonment upon an isolated island for many months.
+
+Had she known these facts, she mused, she would have insisted that
+her mother be permitted to accompany her, and she felt that Levanter
+would finally have given in to her demands. Many times had she berated
+herself for not having done this. Now, as she waited for the agreed
+signal, all these thoughts came back to her mind with greater force to
+add to her dejection.
+
+Now that Redmond had gone, there came upon her for the first time
+a true realization of the seriousness of her situation upon the
+island and of its possibilities. While Redmond had been on the island
+the thought of personal danger had never occurred to her. She had
+automatically become accustomed to looking upon him as a protector in
+case of need. Moreover the attitude of Levanter toward her had been
+irreproachable. In a vague way she had occasionally been disturbed by
+fears as to what her captor might do, but as yet nothing had occurred
+that would indicate what his intentions were. She was his prisoner,
+but he had been a most irreprovable jailer both in word and in deed.
+This situation in particular had been responsible for the fact that the
+thought of personal danger never occurred to her at any time during her
+reflections upon her imprisonment.
+
+For the first time in her life Mary felt that something was lacking in
+herself. For the first time her dominant spirit of independence left
+her. For the first time she experienced the feeling of helplessness.
+These new and strange misgivings came upon her as soon as Redmond had
+started out so bravely upon his mission. Within her heart there grew
+a feeling such as she had never known before; a feeling she could not
+define, but yet one which left her ill-content and perplexed.
+
+It was a feeling strangely bound up with Redmond, and when in the grip
+of it she frequently surprised herself conjecturing upon his fate. Each
+time her mind reverted to Redmond her imagination painted a picture of
+him in the open boat, upon the waters of the Pacific; a picture that
+seemed to affect her mood and bring fears for his safety. Each day this
+picture was re-drawn in colors more vivid and theme more ardent and
+hopeless. Thus did she live in each day an eternity of alternate hope
+and despair. Added to this was the constant fear that Levanter would
+make the discovery that the Hilo’s lifeboat was missing and guess that
+a stranger had been on his island base.
+
+Then with that malice which the Fates seem to delight in visiting upon
+human beings in distress the cloud of uncertainty that hung over Mary
+was lifted only to bring her face to face with despair. Early in the
+second week after Redmond’s departure Levanter came to her and for the
+first time spoke about her presence on the island. There was something
+in his manner and his attitude that sent a thrill of apprehension
+through her.
+
+“Mary,” he said. “For what reason do you suppose have I brought you
+here?”
+
+She looked at him in blank amazement. The suddenness and unexpectedness
+of his question took her completely unawares, and she was unable to
+reply. He watched her intently for several seconds, then without
+heeding her silence went on:
+
+“Shortly after you turned me down in Washington I made up my mind
+that you would marry either me or no one. You little thought at that
+time that you would ever be in this position, but I knew then what I
+could do, and I was certain that sooner or later I would get you. Of
+course, I did not know that you would make a trip on one of the Pacific
+airships, in fact I had no idea of such a voyage, but that did not
+make any difference, because I would have succeeded in getting you
+eventually. Your trip on the Wilbur Wright only hastened matters.”
+
+“Oh! I would never believe that you could stoop to that!” exclaimed
+Mary passionately.
+
+“Well of course, you may regard this as a stooping down affair. But I
+rather think that I have risen to the height of a daring opportunity,”
+replied Levanter.
+
+“What do you intend to do with me?” demanded Mary, her anger overcoming
+her fear.
+
+“I am going to marry you!” he replied.
+
+“Never! I will never marry you! Never!! I would sooner die,” declared
+Mary with emphasis.
+
+“Don’t be in such a hurry to die. Your life means infinitely more to
+me than your heroic death might possibly mean to you,” said Levanter.
+“Take your time and think it over. Do you really think you can oppose
+my power?”
+
+“I don’t know what you can do, and I don’t care,” exclaimed Mary,
+stamping her foot in emphasis. “I will never marry you, never!”
+
+“Well, never is a long, long time and may never come,” he replied, with
+a sardonic smile. “You are a little obstinate just now, but you’ll soon
+see the light.”
+
+“You are just a brute, and I hate you!” The last remark of Mary wrought
+a sudden change in Levanter.
+
+From the forceful, dominating man who had successfully pitted himself
+against the rest of the world, outlawed himself and resisted all
+efforts to subdue him, he changed to the pleading attitude of a suitor.
+
+“Now, Mary, don’t be cruel. I can’t bear to think that I am hateful
+to you. I love you and you must be mine! Nothing in the world, not
+even this power that I have and the riches it brings me, can make me
+forget my passion for you. I would be willing to give it all up on the
+condition!”
+
+“I wouldn’t have anything to do with you under any conditions,”
+interrupted Mary. “You have got me here in your power, but you can’t
+make me do anything willingly. To me you will always be repulsive,
+because I think you are a coward at heart.”
+
+“But surely, Mary, you don’t want me to continue this work, do you?”
+Levanter still pleaded.
+
+“Don’t try to put the responsibility of your evil deeds on me,” said
+Mary angrily. “You don’t have to commit these crimes, and you know it.
+Nothing you say will change my mind about you, or about your proposal.
+I won’t have anything to do with you, no matter what you promised.”
+
+The steely determination which shone in Mary’s eyes stung and hurt him
+to the point of madness. He shook with anger and anguish. Suddenly a
+wave of passion swept through his frame. Lunging forward, he violently
+grasped Mary in his arms and pulled her toward him. She struggled
+desparately.
+
+“You’ll do as I want you to do,” he exclaimed savagely.
+
+In sheer desperation Mary slapped and scratched her captor. Their
+interlocked figures swayed and wriggled in the room as Levanter,
+actuated by the unreasoning passion that engulfed him, struggled
+desparately to overpower Mary.
+
+Suddenly in the midst of the struggle, just as the strength of Mary was
+about to give out, the door of the room opened, and Walter Johnston,
+the chief lieutenant rushed in. He was the man who had tried to kiss
+Mary on the first day of her arrival on the island and had received a
+violent blow from Levanter for his pains. He had been attracted to the
+room by the sound of the struggle, and rushed to investigate. Taking
+the situation in at a glance, he strode over and separated the two.
+
+As Levanter released his hold on Mary he turned ferociously upon his
+aide and aimed a terrific blow at the intruder. Johnston, fresh and
+alert, easily avoided the blow and in turn planted one on the face of
+his chief which sent the latter sprawling on the floor.
+
+“What’s the idea?” asked Johnston. “You don’t think you are going to
+pull anything over on me, do you? I’ll tell you right now that don’t go
+with me. What I can’t do, you can’t do, chief, and that ought to about
+settle it.”
+
+Levanter slowly rose from the floor.
+
+“This is my affair, Johnston.”
+
+“Oh, no, Boss,” replied Johnston smoothly, “you’ve got it wrong. It’s
+my affair, too. We sink or swim together, and what’s good enough for
+me, is good enough for you. That’s only fair.”
+
+“What do you mean?” asked Levanter.
+
+“What I say,” replied Johnston, “you are trying to do something you
+stopped me from doing, and that don’t go--see!”
+
+While the two men thus disputed, Mary, with her hand over her
+palpitating heart, stood in the corner, panting from her exertions
+in resisting Levanter. Her eyes followed every movement of the two
+men, and she listened keenly to each word that passed between them.
+For upwards of half an hour they engaged in a rapid fire of violent
+argument, then gradually the heat of the altercation spent itself. As
+it subsided, Levanter said with a smile slowly growing upon his face:
+
+“Let’s forget it, Johnston. If we quarrel we are lost. You don’t
+understand the situation. Miss Ingleton is an old friend of mine, and I
+asked her to marry me. The reason I stopped you from molesting her the
+day she came here was because I was still waiting for her answer, and
+I hoped to marry her. Now she has refused to marry me. So it’s no use
+quarreling about her.”
+
+“Well, that’s alright, you leave her alone and I’ll do the same,” said
+Johnston.
+
+Then turning to Mary, he added:
+
+“You tell me, Miss, if he tries to interfere with you in any way.”
+
+To this Mary made no reply, but she experienced a feeling of great
+relief. The struggle she had just undergone with Levanter had left her
+exhausted and had caused her great alarm, although it had awakened
+in her a lively feeling of resentment and determination to fight for
+her safety and honor to the very last. A hundred desperate thoughts
+had been engendered in her mind while the altercation between the two
+men was raging. She would plunge into the sea as soon as she got out
+of the room. Then came the determination to kill Levanter with the
+first weapon that came to hand, should he attempt to molest her again.
+Finally she had decided she would destroy Levanter, his crew, and
+herself with one of his liquid bombs.
+
+Then the altercation between the two men came to an end, and its
+outcome rent the curtain of her fears and disclosed the clear path
+of safety before her. She realized that the bad blood that had been
+stirred up between Levanter and Johnston spelled freedom from danger
+for her, at least for a time, and she determined to be wary and never
+be with either one of them alone, or go anywhere where one of them
+could be alone with her.
+
+She could therefore allay her fears for several days at least, allowing
+for a reasonable time to hear from Redmond. Then should such time
+elapse without hearing from him by wireless, she would know that he
+had failed in his attempt to get to Honolulu, and then she could think
+the situation over and make whatever plans were necessary under those
+circumstances. Until that time she was now determined to compose her
+mind and wait patiently and hopefully.
+
+By the time these thoughts had revolved themselves in her mind she was
+thoroughly recovered from her exertions and emotions. With a rapid but
+cold glance at the two men, Mary turned around and walked out of the
+room. She went into the wireless room. A glance at her watch showed her
+that it was almost time for the news schedule of the naval wireless
+station at Honolulu.
+
+She sat down at the instrument table and picked up the receivers which
+she carefully adjusted to her head. Then, after delicately adjusting
+the apparatus in front of her, she picked up a pencil and began to
+write as the news message came in.
+
+Mechanically she wrote down word by word the first item of the
+despatch, her mind following its import just as mechanically. As the
+sentence terminated her hand had already began to write the word
+“stop” which normally came at the end of each item. She had already
+got the first letter of the customary word on the paper before her,
+when suddenly she arrested the movement of her hand and listened more
+intently. In place of the usual “stop” a new signal was coming. Within
+her mind she repeated it as it came.
+
+It was composed of three letters “QVT.”
+
+The full meaning of the signal burst in upon her thoughts. Joyously she
+pulled the receivers off her head, flung them on the instrument table
+and with all the fervor of her soul exclaimed, “Thank God!”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TWENTY-FIVE
+
+
+For several days after she had received the welcome wireless signal
+which informed her of Howard Redmond’s safe arrival in Honolulu, Mary
+Ingleton constantly speculated on the possibilities of her early escape
+from her island prison. Ever since her terrific struggle with the
+aerial pirate shortly before she received the wireless signal she had
+been greatly perturbed. Would Redmond be able to get assistance quickly
+and come to her rescue before Levanter tried to molest her again? Would
+Johnston keep his promise and interfere against his chief, if Levanter
+should again force his unwelcome attentions upon her; or would Levanter
+succeed in placating his assistant by some arrangement and then renew
+his attentions? These were the thoughts which ran successively and
+repeatedly through Mary’s mind and disquieted her greatly. Her fears
+were greatly enhanced by the persistency with which she dwelled upon
+them, for the lack of anything else to do.
+
+Since the incident with Levanter that was ended by the abrupt
+appearance of Johnston, she had not been molested again. Levanter had
+remained aloof from her and busied himself with the affairs of his
+criminal enterprise. The repair work on the airplane that had been
+started just before Redmond’s departure had not yet been completed, and
+Levanter was busy each day superintending it. It included a complete
+overhaul of both the machine and its engine.
+
+While dwelling on the problems before her, Mary was considerably
+worried that Levanter might at any moment walk over to the place
+where the wreck of the Hilo was lying piled up on the beach and there
+discover that the lifeboat of the schooner was missing. The more she
+thought of this possibility the more worried she became, for she
+felt certain that if the fact that the lifeboat was gone should be
+discovered, Levanter would logically surmise that a stranger had been
+on the island. She was sure that in that case the strange disappearance
+of Harrison would again crop up in his mind and arouse his suspicions.
+
+As she turned this problem over in her mind Mary tried to think of
+some way of solving it. Suddenly an idea occurred to her. Why not get
+hold of one of Levanter’s chemical bombs at the first opportunity,
+plant it under the Hilo and blow the schooner to fragments? This done,
+there would not be any possible chance of the pirate’s discovering the
+disappearance of the lifeboat, and all fears on that score would be
+eliminated.
+
+No sooner had the idea occurred to her than Mary began revolving in her
+mind a possible way of putting it into effect. In the first place she
+did not know just how the bombs were operated. All she knew about them
+was what Levanter had told her in a casual way at different times. She
+knew that they were filled with liquid gas and that there was a special
+detonating arrangement that broke down the vacuum of the container and
+released the gas so rapidly that it emerged with terrific explosive
+force. How this detonating device worked she did not know.
+
+She fully realized that it would be extremely difficult to obtain one
+of the bombs and very dangerous to place it underneath the Hilo in such
+manner as to ensure the destruction of the schooner. Before she could
+attempt this, therefore, she had to find out how to handle the bombs,
+also if there was any way in which they could be exploded by a time
+arrangement, so as to enable her to get away to safety before the bomb
+exploded after she had placed it under the Hilo.
+
+Having recognized these facts, she decided, after further thought on
+the matter, that the only way to obtain the necessary information would
+be from Levanter himself. In order to do so, she realized that she
+would have to get on speaking terms with him again. This was extremely
+repugnant to her, but she decided that it could not be avoided under
+the circumstances. Therefore she made up her mind to submerge her
+own feelings in order to achieve the purpose she had in view, which
+was very vital to her safety and indispensable for her escape from
+the island. She relied upon the quick return of Howard Redmond to
+counteract any advances that Levanter might make after she had resumed
+speaking relations with him.
+
+Now that she had made this decision Mary waited until Levanter was in a
+good humor and not pre-occupied with the repair work on his airplane.
+At the first available opportunity she approached him and said:
+
+“I have been thinking things over, and it seems to me that it is very
+silly for us to be sulky. I am perfectly willing to be friendly with
+you, if you will not try to interfere with me again as you did the
+other day. Why can’t you promise me to act like a man and put an end to
+this ridiculous situation?”
+
+“What’s the idea?” asked Levanter in reply, “I thought you said you
+hated me.”
+
+“Well, you must admit that was your own fault,” replied Mary. “After
+thinking it over I don’t believe that you were really responsible for
+your actions then, so I am willing to forgive you, if you will only
+promise not to do anything like that again.”
+
+“I don’t quite understand you,” said Levanter suspiciously. “There must
+be some reason for the sudden change in your attitude now. What is it?”
+
+“Well, I am very lonesome here, and it is very unpleasant not to be
+able to talk to anyone.”
+
+Levanter began to thaw with this explanation, and he actually smiled.
+
+Did she really mean what she said?
+
+“Well, I think you are right to a certain point. I am glad that you
+are at last beginning to realize that there is no escape from fate.
+That makes things much simpler for us. I don’t see though why I should
+promise you anything. I can say this however. I may be blamed for my
+actions, but I don’t have to defend any motives. I love you, I have
+always loved you, and I believe I shall always love you.”
+
+“Well, I accept your apology,” said Mary. “But why can’t you forget
+what you have just said? You know I don’t love you. I have said that
+often enough for you to realize it. I have always been determined to
+marry no one but the man I love. I don’t intend to marry anyone. Let us
+agree to bury the hatchet, forget all these things and live amicably,
+since I must stay on the island. But tell me, what are your intentions
+toward me. Surely you are not going to keep me here all my life.
+Surely, you don’t intend to live here yourself, do you?”
+
+“I don’t know yet,” replied Levanter. “I haven’t made up my mind what I
+am going to do. Why do you ask that?”
+
+“Oh, I was just wondering what you intend to do. It explains my reason
+for wanting to be on speaking terms with you again. I didn’t think that
+you would live here forever. I felt sure that some time you would quit
+this island, and of course I didn’t expect you to be so cruel as to
+leave me here after you left. I was sure that when you did leave, you
+would find some way to let me get back to my parents.”
+
+“You can go back to them immediately if you promise to marry me,”
+declared Levanter.
+
+“Now, there you are again, returning to that forbidden subject,”
+replied Mary. “Why can’t you agree to forget that. You know what my
+answer is now.”
+
+Suddenly, as she reached this stage in the conversation, an opening
+occurred to Mary. She would dissemble her real feelings and hold out a
+hope to the man she despised and hated. Intuitively she felt certain
+that he would immediately jump at the possibility offered indirectly
+to him and promise not to interfere with her again while she was on
+the island. Then having obtained this promise, she could go about her
+task of destroying the Hilo and lay such other plans to assist Howard
+Redmond when he returned, as were possible under whatever circumstances
+might develop. These thoughts flashed quickly through her mind as she
+was talking, and with only a slight pause to go over them again and
+make sure of herself, she continued:
+
+“Of course, whether my answer will always be ‘No’, I cannot say at
+the present, but you will not get me to change my mind if you keep on
+forcing your attentions upon me, that is certain.”
+
+Mary had angled well and caught her victim on the well prepared
+hook. Like a fish Levanter rose to the bait and grasped it. The hope
+contained in Mary’s simple statement arose before Levanter with all its
+possibilities.
+
+“I think you are right,” he replied slowly. “What I did the other day
+was done in the heat of passion, and I was not really responsible. I am
+very sorry and I hope you will forgive me.”
+
+As he said this Levanter extended his hand toward Mary. She grasped
+it and shook hands with him on the compact. She did it with an
+apparent show of sincerity, but in her heart there was the bitterest
+of feelings. She despised herself for doing it, and she still more
+despised the man whose hand she shook. She consoled herself, however,
+with the thought that what she had done was necessary to her own safety
+and freedom, and that the treachery of the man who held her in his
+power could only be overcome by stratagem on her part, much as she
+disliked to employ it.
+
+Following the conclusion of the compact, the two continued to converse
+generally until Levanter was called away by the men working on the
+airplane. Mary felt that it would be extremely unwise to question the
+sky pirate on any matter concerning his enterprise so shortly after the
+reconciliation with him. It would be much better to wait a few days
+she thought and be extremely friendly with him until he was completely
+disarmed regarding her intentions before she asked him any questions.
+Otherwise, she argued with herself, he might guess the reason for such
+pertinent questions and know that she had approached him solely to get
+the information wanted.
+
+And so several days passed by without further incident of any kind.
+Each day Mary made it a point to chat with her captor on some trivial
+subjects, in order to get him completely off his guard. Meanwhile she
+had been thinking over the details of her plan. She knew that as long
+as Levanter was busy with the repair work on his airplane there was
+very little chance that he would go over to that part of the harbor
+where the Hilo was lying beached.
+
+As soon as the repair work was completed, however, there was every
+possibility that he might go over there and discover that the lifeboat
+was missing. Consequently there was no time to be lost in completing
+her arrangements.
+
+If she were successful in the task of destroying the Hilo she could
+take similar steps against the remarkable airplane of Levanter. If she
+could only shatter one of its wings, or damage its hull, it would be
+impossible for the sky pirate to take the air again for several months,
+while there was the possibility that the machine might be completely
+wrecked. Even if it were only slightly damaged it would give Redmond
+sufficient time to organize any help that he might need in getting back
+to the island and rescuing her.
+
+No sooner had this thought occurred to her than Mary began to debate in
+her mind whether it would not be better to go right out and blow up the
+airplane instead of the schooner Hilo. If the airplane were destroyed,
+she argued, it would not make any difference whether Levanter
+discovered that the Hilo’s boat was missing or not, because he could
+not leave the island anyhow. If she succeeded in doing this completely
+it would be a very important thing, and she might be able to do it
+without attracting suspicion if she went about it carefully. In fact,
+she continued in her mental argument, Levanter might think that the
+explosion had been caused by a bomb left on the airplane.
+
+Should she try to blow up the airplane or the Hilo? That was now the
+all important question in her mind. If she made her attempt on the
+airplane and failed she might not get another chance, and there was
+a very great possibility of failure until she had learned how to
+handle the bombs properly. In the event of failure through premature
+explosion, or any other similar cause, both Levanter and his crew would
+be extremely careful with the remaining bombs, particularly as to where
+they left them, and her chances of getting another would be eliminated.
+
+On the other hand if she made the attempt on the schooner Hilo and
+it was unsuccessful, she felt certain that Levanter would attribute
+the explosion to the washing up of one of his mines ashore, and
+then she would have another chance to try again. Besides, she would
+learn something from her failure if she did fail. If her attempt was
+successful, Levanter and his men might still think that the explosion
+was from one of the mines washed up from the sea. In that case she
+would have sufficient knowledge in the use of the mines to make the
+attempt on the airplane at the earliest possible moment.
+
+About a week after Mary had made her reconciliation with Levanter the
+opportunity she had been looking for arrived. She was conversing with
+her captor, and he was in an exceptionally good humor. While she was
+talking with him, Johnston came over and said:
+
+“Say, Boss, we’ve used up all our supply of metal, we’ll have to get
+some more somewhere for the extra vacuum containers.”
+
+After the two men had discussed this for a little while Johnston left
+and went over to the workshop. As Levanter turned back to her Mary
+asked:
+
+“Aren’t you afraid that one of the bombs might wash up from the sea and
+explode?”
+
+“Oh, no,” he replied. “There wouldn’t be any danger unless they were
+thrown violently against some object. They have a contact detonator,
+and as long as the detonator didn’t touch anything they would be
+harmless.”
+
+“Well, I’m glad to hear that,” replied Mary, “because I was a little
+alarmed over it.”
+
+“You needn’t be, there’s no danger,” declared Levanter.
+
+“Well, you know that’s stupid of me,” said Mary, “I always thought that
+bombs and explosive things went off with some kind of a fuse, some kind
+of timing arrangement, if you get what I mean.”
+
+“They can be made to explode that way,” replied Levanter, “but my bombs
+are not constructed to explode with time fuses, although they could be
+set to go off at any predetermined time. Only the shells we use in the
+guns have the timing arrangement.”
+
+“How interesting, but of course I am very ignorant of those terrible
+things. I thought they all went off by time.”
+
+“Oh, no. Of course, I am very proud of those bombs because they are
+my own invention,” continued Levanter. “The bombs are put in the sea
+for protection against any fool government war-vessels that might come
+snooping around. A time fuse wouldn’t be of any use for that purpose,
+because we don’t know when they might come along. If they do come here
+they will hit one of those mines we’ve got laid around the island and
+explode it. That would be the end of the snooper.”
+
+“But that’s terrible!” exclaimed Mary, her horror at the thought
+momentarily overcoming her effort to dissemble her real feelings.
+“That’s downright murder!”
+
+“Oh, don’t worry Mary,” replied Levanter soothingly. “We don’t expect
+any of them around here. It’s only a precautionary measure I was
+compelled to take to protect us here. Even if they did come and strike
+one of the mines we could rescue the crew and make them prisoners. You
+see we could then use them as hostages, and they wouldn’t be able to go
+back and disclose my secret place.”
+
+“But how would you be able to control such a large number of men?”
+persisted Mary.
+
+“Well, if such a thing were to happen we would find some means of doing
+it, but we don’t expect such a thing. Anyway, Mary, you know it can
+be stopped any time you say the word,” said Levanter looking at her
+significantly.
+
+“Oh, please, please don’t. You promised not to talk about that, can’t
+you keep your word?” entreated Mary.
+
+“Alright, let’s forget it. I don’t see how this conversation started.
+I’m so confounded proud of these bombs that I suppose I went too far in
+talking about them. It can’t be very interesting to you.”
+
+“I realize that you must be proud of them,” agreed Mary, “and really
+I am very much interested in them, although it’s too deep for me to
+understand, but I should like to see how you make them. I have never
+been inside your workshop, and it would help me to pass the time away.”
+
+“That’s alright,” said Levanter, “you can come in any time.”
+
+After a further brief conversation he offered to take her over the
+shop right away. She readily assented because she was impatient to get
+her task completed, especially as the repair work on the airplane was
+almost done.
+
+They strolled over to the house where the entire mechanical plant
+of Levanter was installed. He showed her the distilling plant with
+which he made his alcoholic fuel. Then he led her into the room where
+the liquid oxygen was produced that gave him the energy to fly his
+airplane. He explained it all to Mary, and she listened carefully,
+although somewhat impatiently.
+
+Next he took her into the room where the vacuum containers for the
+liquid gas were made. There were two types of containers, one to carry
+the fuel for the airplane, and the other for use as bombs. In the
+former there was a remarkable siphon arrangement that permitted the
+liquid gas to flow freely into the engine, where its expansion was
+allowed to take place in such manner that the energy spent by the gas
+in expanding from the liquid to the gaseous state was fully utilized in
+the propulsion of the airplane.
+
+The second type of container was equipped with a vacuum cap that
+included the detonator, thus making the whole thing a very ingenious
+bomb when filled with the liquid gas. Levanter explained to Mary that
+a little charcoal was included in the container, as it added to the
+explosive force of the liquid gas.
+
+After expressing her unqualified admiration at the ingeniousness of
+their construction, Mary questioned her captor as closely as she dared
+regarding the details of the bombs. She was anxious to learn as much as
+possible about them without appearing to be over-curious, or arousing
+the suspicion of Levanter. At the time he showed her around his plant
+there were none of the shells used in his cannon under construction
+but only the bombs which were used to form a protective belt around
+the island. Picking one up, Levanter explained it to her in detail.
+He showed her where the liquid gas was placed and how it was put it.
+Next he showed her the mechanism of the detonator and explained its
+operation. It was extremely fortunate for Mary that this was the only
+type under construction, as it suited her purpose admirably, if she
+could but get possession of one of them.
+
+While Levanter was showing her over the plant she had carefully noted
+every detail of each room, the position of the doors, and the way in
+which they swung open. She observed the position of the fixtures in
+each room and the position of the clear spaces. She had made a complete
+mental picture of the place, sufficient, she thought, to enable her
+at any time to enter and find her way without difficulty and without
+stumbling into anything in case it were necessary to go there at night.
+In fact she had noted the place with such extreme care that she had
+paid but little attention to Levanter while he was describing many of
+the things to her, until she arrived in the bomb construction room.
+There she gave her undivided attention to him, because of her desire to
+learn just how to handle the dangerous things.
+
+Immediately after Levanter had finished his description, Mary turned to
+him with an assumed air of ignorant simplicity and asked:
+
+“I don’t see how you dare carry those dreadful things around if they
+are arranged to explode on contact. Aren’t you afraid that you might
+press one of those contacts while you are carrying them?”
+
+“There’s no danger of that,” replied Levanter laughing. “You see this
+little gadget here on the side,” he asked pointing to a small switch
+button, “well, when that is pushed over this way it locks the contact
+studs, and they cannot be pressed inward. That button is really a
+safety lock. When it’s in this position the studs can’t be pressed in,
+and therefore the bomb cannot be exploded. That makes it absolutely
+safe to carry around. When we are planting these mines in the sea we
+have the safety button on, and take it off just as we lower the mine
+into the sea.”
+
+“That’s just what I didn’t understand,” said Mary. “What stops the
+mines from being washed ashore?”
+
+“We anchor them with a weight. You see, we haven’t got any real
+anchors, because we haven’t got any metal to spare, but we get a great
+big heavy rock and tie the mine to it and then drop it overboard.”
+
+“But aren’t you afraid that two of the mines will hit each other? They
+must sway about in the water.”
+
+“Well, naturally the movement of the water does that,” replied
+Levanter, “and the tides also move them, but we know the length of the
+rope we use, and we make allowances for that. You see, we plant them so
+far apart that no matter in what direction they move in, they cannot
+hit one another. Then we make the whole field wide enough so that a
+ship trying to come to the island would be bound to hit one of them.”
+
+“How interesting,” said Mary, carefully concealing the horror she felt
+at the diabolical plan unfolded by the man.
+
+“Yes,” answered the pirate, “we are going to plant a few more of these
+tomorrow. We are going out in the airplane and will cruise there on the
+surface. Would you like to come along with us, and see how we do it?”
+
+“Yes, indeed,” said Mary.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TWENTY-SIX
+
+
+Over in Honolulu Howard Redmond had gradually become aware of a
+feeling, more important but not nearly as thrilling as his adventure
+on the sky pirate’s remarkable airplane. It was a feeling destined to
+change the entire course of his life. It came during the period of
+impatient waiting while trying to overcome red tape and get official
+action that would help him to return to Patrocinio Island, and when it
+became part and parcel of his consciousness he realized that a mighty
+change had taken place in his whole being.
+
+For the past three months he had led a life of such intense action and
+adventure, that he had had no time for aught else. The delays he had
+experienced in Honolulu had caused him to concentrate his thoughts upon
+Mary Ingleton who was languishing in the power of the pirate Levanter
+upon an island far removed from civilization, and had intensified his
+desire to rescue her at all hazards. While dwelling upon this problem
+the conviction suddenly came over him that his desire to rescue her
+was not prompted by the mere sense of chivalry in aiding a woman in
+distress, but that his feelings toward Mary were entirely above that.
+For several days he was in a daze, trying to define these feelings.
+He turned all the forces of his mind upon his problem in an effort
+to analyze it, but failed; then in the very moment of failure a new
+intuitive power he had suddenly gained spread before him the cause of
+his new sensation. He was in love! In love with Mary Ingleton!
+
+This sudden realization had a profound effect upon Redmond. He was
+in all respects a typical man of the air. Women had always played
+a natural but quite incidental part in his existence. They were a
+necessary part of his life and surroundings insofar as all human
+association is necessary. His whole attention had always been
+concentrated upon the details, both technical and practical, of his
+chosen profession. He was a stolid individual, naturally shy and
+bashful in the presence of the other sex. There was not the slightest
+thing in his make-up that would suggest the “ladies man”, in fact he
+was the very antithesis to all that is implied by the comprehensive
+phrase.
+
+His relationship with Mary Ingleton had been thrust upon him by the
+force of circumstances, and his attitude toward her had always been
+extremely diffident. He had made his perilous voyage on the Pacific
+in the small open boat as a matter of duty. His anxiety to return and
+assist her had at first been governed by the same feeling, but the
+delay in getting started had rapidly developed the change that her
+entry into his life had caused.
+
+Now for the first time in his life he experienced the pangs and
+pleasures of the feeling which he defined as love. It tempered his
+impatience with tenderness while all the time growing in intensity. It
+enthroned within his heart the picture of the girl he was anxious to
+succor and cast about her the halo of purity and charm.
+
+While he was still kicking his heels in the office of Captain Smith,
+the naval commandant, waiting for the official action which would
+send him back as fast as a cruiser could carry him to the woman whose
+influence had worked such a wondrous change within him, in strolled
+Kenneth Fitzgerald, who was just convalescing from the effects of the
+battle with the pirate and the violent emotions which he experienced
+during the period of the battle. It was his first day out of the
+hospital. He had been informed of the arrival of Redmond in Honolulu
+and of the manner in which the officer of the airship Wilbur Wright had
+been picked up at sea. He had also been told in substance the story
+Redmond had brought back from Levanter’s base.
+
+As Fitzgerald entered the room, still feeble from the effects of his
+lengthy illness, Captain Smith looked up and walked over to greet the
+air commander. After a brief conversation he turned to Redmond and said:
+
+“Redmond, I want you to meet Wing Commander Fitzgerald. He is the man
+who commanded our air forces in the fight with Levanter.”
+
+Then with a smile and knowing wink he added innocently enough:
+
+“And I can whisper to you confidentially that he is madly in love with
+the young lady you are anxious to rescue.”
+
+It was then that jealousy laid its bitter grip upon Howard Redmond
+for the first time in his eventful life. He grasped the hand that
+Fitzgerald extended to him with such force that the latter winced with
+pain.
+
+“Good Lord!” he exclaimed weakly though smilingly, “you nearly broke my
+hand,” then with an apologetic air he continued: “I’m still pretty sick
+you know.”
+
+It was several seconds before Redmond dared trust himself to speak.
+During that brief period his mind was consumed with many bitter
+thoughts. He knew that Fitzgerald had known Mary for a long time, that
+they had been passengers together on the ill-fated Wilbur Wright, and
+Mary had often spoken of him on the island. Now he had been told by
+Captain Smith that Fitzgerald loved her. Apparently it was an open
+secret and therefore Mary must know it too.
+
+Did Mary love Fitzgerald? That was the question with which jealousy now
+tortured him. As the thought entered his mind with the full force of
+its possibilities he looked into the eyes of his unwitting rival and
+then remembered what Fitzgerald had just said:
+
+“Excuse me,” he replied, “I was so busy thinking of getting back to
+assist Miss Ingleton that I didn’t realize what I was doing.”
+
+As he spoke a momentary flush of red tinged Redmond’s tanned and
+weather-beaten face. The suffusion was caused by his natural ingrained
+honesty which rebelled at the untruth he was uttering. It was the first
+time in his life he had ever dissembled his real feelings, and the
+novelty caused him to blush with shame.
+
+All this was unnoticed by Fitzgerald, who replied easily enough, “Oh,
+that’s alright. I know how you feel. My God, I feel worse. I’m dying to
+go with you, but the doctors here won’t let me. I’m not only anxious to
+help Mary, but I have a great score to settle with Levanter, and by God
+I intend to make him pay in full.”
+
+“It’s just as well you can’t go,” said Redmond, “because it would only
+add to our difficulties. I know the island thoroughly, and it would be
+much better if I went alone. I’ve been trying to convince Mr. Ingleton
+of this, but he will not listen to me, so I’ve got to take him along.
+It will seriously handicap me.”
+
+Redmond had scarcely finished talking when the door opened and Arthur
+Ingleton entered.
+
+“That’s funny,” said Fitzgerald to the newcomer, “we’ve just been
+talking about you.”
+
+“I hope it was nothing bad,” replied Ingleton laughingly. Then, before
+he could say anything further, Captain Smith, who had been talking over
+the telephone, came over and said:
+
+“I’ve got some good news for you, gentlemen. I just got word from
+the cable operator that he had received a message from Washington
+authorizing me to send the cruiser Farragut to Patrocinio Island and
+take both of you there.”
+
+“Have they worked out a plan?” asked Redmond eagerly.
+
+“Yes, the message
+outlines the plan of action. Captain Moore has been chosen because he
+is familiar with the waters around the island. He is to take you there
+and arrange to arrive off the island at sundown, then row you ashore
+and land you on the beach Redmond has described. Captain Moore is to
+come within sight of the cove at a certain time each night that you and
+he will arrange. Then if you have any information to give him, Redmond
+can send it by means of a small portable reflected wave wireless set he
+will give you. If it is important enough Captain Moore will send it to
+us by wireless, using the special naval code. All the details you can
+arrange with him.”
+
+“You are not going to put a blockade around the island then, Captain?”
+inquired Redmond.
+
+“No,” replied Captain Smith, “it has been decided best not to do this
+until everything is in readiness to attack the pirate with every
+possibility of success. What do you propose to do after you get on the
+island?”
+
+“Well,” said Redmond, “I think it would be best to get Miss Ingleton
+away from it the first possible chance we have. I think that I ought
+to have a boat left at the cove where we land. There is plenty of
+opportunity to hide it there in the vegetation, and the crew of the
+cruiser can help us to drag it ashore. If the cruiser is going to
+remain within steaming distance all the time, I would suggest that a
+light boat be left with us, one that we could readily carry and launch.”
+
+“Oh, certainly,” said Captain Smith, “everything possible will be done
+to assist you. Captain Moore will be given instructions to give you
+anything you need, and give you every possible assistance that he can.
+I would suggest that you confer with him and arrange all your details
+together. By the way, if you are successful in getting Miss Ingleton
+off the island would you be willing to remain there afterwards and give
+us whatever information you could gather about the pirate, until we
+have captured him?”
+
+“Why, I would be delighted to do that,” Redmond answered, “first
+efforts, however, will be directed toward getting Miss Ingleton away
+from the island. You can understand that, of course. After that I will
+do everything that I possibly can to get information for you that may
+be of use in your operations against him.”
+
+“We appreciate your offer,” said Captain Smith. “We will keep in touch
+with you at all times, and if it is necessary for you to remain on the
+island after Miss Ingleton has been taken off, you may rest assured
+that we will stand by you all the time.”
+
+Immediately after this conference Redmond tried again to dissuade Mary
+Ingleton’s father from accompanying him to the island. He brought every
+argument that he could think of to bear in the attempt to discourage
+the former secretary of the navy from making the trip.
+
+“It would be just as well if you went with us on the cruiser and
+remained aboard while I went ashore,” he said to Ingleton. “You would
+be fully posted there as to what was taking place, and you could be
+ready to come ashore at a moment’s notice if it were necessary for
+me to have assistance. But don’t you see how much it will add to the
+danger if you come ashore with me right away. It will make it so much
+easier for the pirate or his men to discover us. Not only that, but
+in case there is a chance of getting your daughter off the island, it
+will add to the dangers of our trip in the small light boat, before the
+cruiser picks us up.”
+
+“I appreciate all your arguments,” replied Ingleton, “and in a way I am
+convinced that you are right. But I can’t bring myself to stand idly by
+while knowing that she is in danger. No, it is useless for you to plead
+with me. My mind is fully made up, and I am going to the island with
+you, or else I go there alone.”
+
+Seeing the futility of further argument, Redmond dropped the entire
+matter and began to make his own arrangements for the trip to
+Patrocinio Island. He got into communication with Captain Moore and
+discussed with him the details of the arrangements between them that
+were to be carried out after Redmond had been landed on the island.
+
+It was agreed that Redmond should be at the cove each evening at nine
+o’clock and that he would rig up his portable wireless set and call
+the cruiser with it until he got a response. This would only be done
+in case he had a message of importance to deliver. Each evening at nine
+o’clock the cruiser would steam within five miles of the island. At all
+other times she would be just below the horizon but within a convenient
+radius.
+
+As soon as the details of the trip had been completed the cruiser
+Farragut left Honolulu with Redmond and Arthur Ingleton aboard as
+passengers. It was decided to proceed to Patrocinio Island at cruising
+speed, and it was estimated that the voyage would take about three
+days. It was timed so that the cruiser should arrive off the southern
+shores of the island after sunset. Captain Moore was then to take his
+vessel within a mile of the beach, and a detachment from his crew in a
+long boat would row Redmond and Ingleton ashore in a small light boat
+and give them assistance in hiding the small boat in the vegetation
+ashore, after which the crew would return to the cruiser. As soon as
+the two men had landed they were to proceed to the little cave where
+Redmond had lived during the period he was on the island and spend the
+night there. The following morning they were to go to the meeting place
+at the rock where Redmond had always met Mary Ingleton and wait there
+for a possible chance of getting her attention again.
+
+At five o’clock on the evening of the third day out from Honolulu
+the engines of the cruiser Farragut suddenly slowed down and in a
+few minutes stopped altogether. Redmond who was walking along the
+quarterdeck with Arthur Ingleton immediately turned to his companion
+and said:
+
+“Well, I guess we are almost within sight of our destination. The
+engines have just stopped, and I imagine that means Captain Moore is
+going to wait for sundown before he proceeds any further.”
+
+Ingleton’s face lit up with a greater animation than he had displayed
+in months.
+
+“Let’s go forward and see whether we can make the island out,” he said
+eagerly.
+
+Redmond assented to this, and the two made their way forward into the
+sharp bows of the cruiser. After they got there both men strained their
+eyes at the horizon. A few moments later Redmond, who had picked up a
+pair of glasses, said:
+
+“I can just see the island faintly. If you look through these glasses,
+sir, you will observe what looks like a small cloud directly to the
+north of us. That’s it.”
+
+Ingleton took the proffered glasses and peered through them intently.
+While he looked Redmond said:
+
+“I’ll go aft and ask Captain Moore what his plans are. I guess he will
+land us immediately after sundown, which will be in another hour’s
+time. We’ll probably have dinner before he puts us ashore. I’ll be back
+shortly if you want to remain here.”
+
+“Alright,” replied Ingleton, “I think I’ll remain here for a while. I
+am anxious to see what the island looks like as we get nearer to it
+before dark.”
+
+Redmond turned round and went aft, leaving his companion standing on
+the quarter deck. The cruiser still had considerable way on and was
+moving through the water at about ten knots an hour. No effort had
+been made to check the vessel’s momentum, after the engines had been
+stopped. Captain Moore had simply signalled down to stop the engines
+and was now allowing the headway to carry his vessel forward.
+
+In less than an hour the blazing sun would disappear below the western
+horizon, and then night would descend over the sea with the suddenness
+known only in tropical regions. As soon as darkness had cast its
+obliterating mantle about them, Captain Moore planned to run his vessel
+within a mile of the beach, which was now within sight through the
+marine glasses. After that he would land his passengers.
+
+As Redmond reached the companion-way leading to the bridge the roaring
+crash of a mighty explosion rent the stillness of the summery sea
+and arrested his progress. For one fleeting second a blinding flash
+eclipsed the brilliance of the sun and illuminated the forward part
+of the ship in its consuming rays. Pausing involuntarily upon the
+stairway, Redmond looked toward the bows of the cruiser. As he turned
+the vessel shook violently from stem to stern in a sickening, vicious
+vibration, which seemed to wrench it plate from plate. It was as though
+some volcanic agency had seized it in a destroying grip and was
+rending it apart.
+
+Stupefied by the very suddenness of the catastrophe, Redmond could not
+remove his eyes from the deck before him. Automatically they recorded
+upon his active brain a moving picture of the vivid scene that was
+enacted within the brief measured space of two seconds. As he looked
+he saw the figure of the former Secretary of the Navy outlined in
+sharp contrast by the blinding rays of the flash which accompanied the
+explosion. Then, before he could draw a breath, he saw Ingleton’s arms
+shoot upwards involuntarily. He saw the figure of the man he had just
+left sway unsteadily for a moment and then crash helplessly to the
+deck. Then suddenly the spell that had held him in frozen immobility
+ended, and he rushed forward blindly, to the man he had just seen fall.
+
+For a few moments chaos reigned upon the war-vessel. Upon the bridge
+Captain Moore had been struck in the arm by a piece of flying metal
+and painfully injured. Ignoring this, he remained at his post, and
+with trained calmness of a naval officer and leader, quietly ordered
+the bugler to sound the call “Collision quarters.” Like magic the
+discipline of the navy exerted itself and quickly brought order out of
+the chaos. Rapidly and steadily each man went to his station, while
+officers who were detailed by the commander went forward to ascertain
+the cause and effect of the explosion.
+
+Before they had received their orders, however, Redmond had reached
+the bows of the ship and was bending over the prostrate form of Arthur
+Ingleton. He raised the head of the former naval chief in his arms and
+did the best he could to restore consciousness. While he worked, the
+ship’s surgeon arrived and quickly examined the injured man. Redmond
+watched him a few moments and then said:
+
+“Is he badly hurt, Sir?”
+
+“So far as I can see,” replied the medical officer, “he has not been
+seriously injured. He was knocked unconscious by the shock of the
+explosion. That in itself is pretty bad and will take a long time for
+recovery, but I don’t think he has got any broken bones or internal
+injuries. It’s too soon to tell though. I’ll have him removed to the
+sick bay right away.”
+
+While this was being done the officers who had been examining the
+bows of the cruiser to find out the nature and extent of the damage
+completed their task and returned to the bridge where they reported the
+result of their examination to the captain.
+
+“It looks as though we had struck a mine, sir, there’s a big hole in
+the bows,” the senior officer reported.
+
+“It must be one of that pirate’s mines,” exclaimed the captain. Then he
+cried: “Where’s the bo’s’n? Send him here.”
+
+“Here, sir!” replied the bo’s’n, saluting as he came upon the bridge.
+
+“Have you taken any soundings for’ard?” asked Captain Moore.
+
+“Yes, sir!” answered the bo’s’n.
+
+“What do you find?”
+
+“Number one compartment is flooded, sir. Water is pouring into number
+two, but we can’t find at what rate yet.”
+
+“Will she stand up?” queried the captain sharply.
+
+“Don’t know yet, sir. The men are taking soundings again now. We are
+watching number three. The water’s pouring in very rapidly, and she’s
+down by the head.”
+
+“Alright,” added the captain, “report back to me as soon as you find
+out at what rate it’s coming in.”
+
+Then turning to the chief executive officer, he ordered:
+
+“Put out the lifeboats and have the crew stand by. Order the fires shut
+off down below. Have everything in readiness in case she shows signs
+of going down, and wait for further orders, in case we have to abandon
+ship.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TWENTY-SEVEN
+
+
+The day after Levanter had showed her through his manufacturing plant
+dawned fraught with grave possibilities for Mary. It was the day set
+for laying the mine bombs in the sea on the western side of the island.
+Now or never was her chance! She was to get a first hand demonstration
+in the manner of handling the bombs; and after that she must carry out
+her dangerous plan immediately, as the repairs to the airplane were now
+completed, and there was no telling when Levanter might stroll over to
+the beach near the Hilo and discover that the lifeboat was missing.
+True he did not go in that direction often, but there was no way of
+knowing how soon he might.
+
+As soon as she was dressed Mary went down to the dining room that
+had been built in the house where they all lived. Levanter and his
+crew were all seated at the table, eating the breakfast that had been
+prepared by the Kanaka cook of the schooner. As she sat down the sky
+pirate said to her:
+
+“We are going to set out immediately after breakfast, Mary. Will you be
+ready then?”
+
+“Yes,” she replied.
+
+She was far too excited to eat much, although she made an ostensible
+effort to do so, as she did not wish the men in front of her to suspect
+that her feelings were anything but normal. Immediately after the
+meal, the men went outside and began to load the bombs which had been
+completed on the airplane. Mary went out with them. She noted that they
+had carefully observed whether the safety lock was in before picking
+up the dangerous things. There were too many to carry on one trip, and
+it was decided to make two voyages to the place where they were to be
+submerged.
+
+When the task of loading the bombs on the airplane had been completed
+Mary went aboard with Levanter and the rest of the crew. The airplane
+was released from its mooring to the ringbolt on the jutting rock, and
+the marine screw was started. It took about an hour to make the voyage
+to the destination because the airplane, although only of shallow
+draft, was compelled to cruise well within the mine belt and go slowly.
+Its retractible wings were drawn up close to the side of the fuselage
+cabin. Only in the harbor itself had sufficient room been left free
+from mines for the airplane to land upon and take off from the water.
+
+Once arrived at the scene of the mine laying, Mary watched the
+operations with extreme interest. A number of heavy rocks had been
+brought along in the airplane, one for each bomb. While the airplane
+was cruising to the place where they were to be lowered into the sea,
+the crew was engaged in splicing ropes to the rocks. The rocks were
+to act as anchors to the bombs. As soon as a rope was spliced on to a
+rock, the other end of the rope was attached to the bomb, the length of
+the rope being just sufficient to keep the mine submerged.
+
+Immediately after the airplane arrived at its destination its wings
+were again extended and were used as a platform from which to drop the
+bombs into the sea. Levanter had made a careful survey of the island
+and had drawn a chart of it and the waters surrounding it. A pin-point
+on this chart marked the exact location of each bomb that had been
+previously dropped into the sea.
+
+At the point where he desired to sow the remaining mines the airplane
+was brought to a stop, and the crew went out on the wings. One of the
+rocks with its rope attached was dropped overboard. At the other end of
+the rope the mine was attached, and as soon as the rope became taut the
+mine was carefully dropped overboard, after the safety lock had been
+released.
+
+Mary watched these operations carefully and intently. Occasionally she
+asked Levanter a question, which in every case he did not hesitate to
+answer. She had now gained a complete knowledge of the manner in which
+the bombs were handled safely, and she was convinced that she herself
+could handle them without danger.
+
+While the men were still engaged in their work, Mary was deeply
+engrossed in the problem of detonating one of the bombs, should she be
+successful in obtaining one and placing it under the schooner Hilo.
+It was evident that she could not change the mechanism of the bomb
+herself, therefore, she must devise some other means of exploding it
+from a point of safety, after placing it beneath the schooner.
+
+She was still deep in this reverie when Levanter and his men had
+completed their job. She was brought back to realities by the former
+who tapped her on the shoulder and said:
+
+“Mary, I am going to say something personal. I hope you won’t
+misunderstand me. I am not saying it to insult you because I know what
+I am going to tell you is my fault and not yours.”
+
+“What is it?” asked Mary somewhat sharply.
+
+“It’s a pretty difficult and delicate thing to say,” he replied, “but I
+couldn’t help noticing as you stood there how much you are in need of
+some new clothes. Your wardrobe must be nearly exhausted.”
+
+“Well, you can’t expect me to keep in the height of fashion on your
+island, can you?” said Mary with asperity. “The stores here are not
+exactly in the same class with those on Fifth Avenue.”
+
+“I didn’t mean to be rude, Mary,” said Levanter, “the fault is mine, I
+know. What I wanted to tell you was that I am going out to get you some
+new clothes. The airplane is in good repair again, and as soon as we
+get this job done I will go out and get you something new.”
+
+Mary was now all attention. His remark had aroused all the feminine
+interest and instincts within her. How did he propose to get new
+clothes for her? She had been dissatisfied with her appearance but had
+become reconciled to it, especially as there were no other women on the
+island. His remark opened up a number of possibilities. Was he going to
+take her with him, if so, where? This might offer a chance to escape
+from him. Quickly she decided to press him on that point and find out
+just exactly what his intentions were.
+
+“You don’t suppose that you can buy clothes that will suit me, do you?”
+she asked.
+
+“Well, no,” he replied, “I didn’t intend to buy them. I was going to
+get them from my next airship. I thought you could come along and pick
+out what you wanted.”
+
+The answer was a distinct disappointment to Mary.
+
+“Do you think I want to wear some other woman’s clothes?” she exclaimed
+indignantly.
+
+“Why not, Mary,” inquired Levanter. “There is no other way to get them.
+We can’t take you to any store to buy you new ones, and even if we
+could, the stores we could take you to are so inferior that you would
+undoubtedly get better looking clothes from one of the airships than
+you would from any of the stores in the Pacific Islands. Women who can
+afford to travel on the airships can afford to have good and stylish
+clothes, and you can have the best there is on the airship just for the
+taking.”
+
+“Oh; if that’s the case I’m not interested,” said Mary with an air
+of finality. “The clothes I have are good enough for me under those
+circumstances.”
+
+“But, my dear girl, what you have will soon be in rags; you can’t
+expect them to last forever. Besides I like to see you looking nice.”
+
+“Well I can sew them if they become ragged,” she replied, “I am not
+going to put anybody in danger for the sake of new clothes.”
+
+ * * * * *
+
+“I am going anyway, so you might as well have the best we can get for
+you,” said Levanter.
+
+“You may do as you please, but I am not going with you.”
+
+Mary refused to discuss the matter any further, and Levanter did not
+insist. She dismissed the subject from her mind. On the way back to the
+harbor she became deeply engrossed again in the problem of obtaining
+one of the bombs. Having decided upon what she thought was the best way
+to do this, she tackled the next problem confronting her. How could she
+arrange for its explosion after she had placed it under the schooner
+and had herself reached a place of safety?
+
+She had no knowledge of mechanics, and she racked her brain for some
+means of accomplishing her purpose without danger to herself. Finally,
+after thinking over it for a long time, an idea occurred to her which
+she thought might help her.
+
+She could employ a trick she had seen the boys use in snaring birds,
+while she was a little girl. If she could get a heavy rock, poise it
+above one of the contact studs of the bomb by means of a stick, and
+then attach a string to it, she could pull the string and let the rock
+fall on the contact. She felt sure that it would fall with sufficient
+force to explode the bomb, blow up the schooner, and destroy all
+evidence that the lifeboat was missing. It was the best solution of the
+difficulty that she could think of. The problem now confronting her was
+to obtain one of the bombs.
+
+As the airplane neared the harbor Mary’s mind reverted to the subject
+of clothes that had just been broached by Levanter. After all he was
+apparently determined to go out again and bring down another airship,
+and nothing that she could do or say would prevent him from carrying
+out his purpose, short of a direct promise to marry him, and she had
+no intention of giving him that. Here indeed was a chance to put her
+plan into effect while he was away. She felt sure that on the morning
+of his departure he would ask her to accompany him. She decided to
+feign illness as a pretext for not going. Then after he had left in the
+airplane she would try to get one of the bombs from the workshop and
+endeavor to complete her task before he returned. She figured that he
+would be away fully six hours and probably longer. This would give her
+ample time to do what she wanted, provided the Kanakas kept out of the
+way. So far as she could see the latter was the only thing that would
+stop her.
+
+When the airplane reached the harbor the crew got busy loading up the
+remaining mines that were to be dropped on the western side of the
+island. Mary went off the machine with Levanter and shortly after said
+to him:
+
+“I don’t feel like going out with you again this afternoon. I think
+I’ll remain here while you go out. I want to read.”
+
+“Alright,” he replied.
+
+In the afternoon Mary waited until Levanter and his men went down to
+the airplane, then she strolled over to the beach and examined the Hilo
+very carefully. She looked for the best place to put the bomb. Then
+she searched for a rock heavy enough to fall with sufficient force to
+explode the bomb. Having found one, she decided it would be a good idea
+to save a lot of time by moving it into position right away.
+
+For the rest of the afternoon Mary worked feverishly and laboriously,
+moving the rock over toward the schooner Hilo with the aid of a big
+stick she used as a lever. With great patience and persistent effort
+she succeeded in getting it alongside the wrecked schooner. Her task
+completed, she paused, almost exhausted from the exertion. So violent
+had been her struggle in moving the heavy rock that perspiration was
+running freely down her face, and her breath was coming in deep heavy
+gasps. Still panting, she straightened herself up and looked around. At
+that moment she got the greatest shock of her life.
+
+Standing directly behind her, was Levanter with a sardonic smile upon
+his face.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TWENTY-EIGHT
+
+
+Upon the shattered decks of the cruiser Farragut order had scarcely
+been established out of the chaos that followed the explosion when
+the sun descended below the western horizon. Two minutes later
+complete darkness enshrouded the torn bows of the cruiser in a pall of
+obscurity, obliterating from view the effects of the violent explosion.
+
+Order reigned, but it was a tradition-enforced order that existed on
+the surface of subdued but intense excitement. The men were at their
+stations, all standing at attention, awaiting with ill-concealed
+anxiety the next command that would move them into welcome action.
+Through the mind of every one there passed disturbing thoughts. None
+knew which comrade had perished in the catastrophe, and none dared
+voice the fears which the darkness intensified.
+
+So close was the damaged cruiser to the shores of Patrocinio Island
+that Captain Moore did not dare to show a light. He feared the terrific
+report which followed the explosion had betrayed his presence, and
+might seriously endanger him should the pirate come out at daybreak.
+The darkness that now engulfed them made the task of ascertaining the
+extent of the damage almost impossible.
+
+In the short time that intervened between the explosion and the sun’s
+descent the cruiser’s bows had presented a picture of torn and twisted
+steel, which in some places had been stripped into metal ribbons, and
+in others had been torn into crumpled sheets. How far the crippled stem
+of the warship had been rent asunder it was impossible to say owing
+to the darkness. That it had been seriously damaged was emphasized by
+the complete flooding of the forward compartment. The cruiser was also
+badly down by the head, which gave a considerable slant to the decks.
+That was the condition which confronted Captain Moore when the bo’s’n
+came upon the bridge the second time to make his report.
+
+“How’s it look?” asked the captain curtly.
+
+“Number three is holding tight, sir,” replied the bo’s’n. “The pumps
+are working on number two. I think she will hold up, sir. We’ve got her
+under control now, sir, I think.”
+
+“Good!” exclaimed the captain. “Keep at your soundings and let me know
+what they show.”
+
+“Aye, aye, sir,” answered the bo’s’n, as he went about his task.
+
+Then the captain turned to an officer beside him and issued a number of
+commands calculated to take care of the desperate situation. He ordered
+the crew away from their “abandon ship” stations and set them to work
+at various tasks that were necessary under the circumstances.
+
+As soon as it had been ascertained that the ship was not in any
+immediate danger of sinking, the surgeon obtained a detail of men and
+superintended them while they carefully placed the unconscious form of
+Arthur Ingleton on a stretcher and carried him below to the sick bay,
+where he was placed on a cot. There the surgeon made a more thorough
+examination of the injured man and took the necessary steps to restore
+him to consciousness. Redmond, who had helped in removing the stricken
+man from the bows of the ship to the sick bay, was waiting for the
+surgeon to complete his examination. As soon as it was over he asked
+anxiously:
+
+“How is he, doctor?”
+
+“Well, he is in a more serious condition than I thought at first,” was
+the reply.
+
+“Then there’s no chance of his recovering in time to go ashore with me,
+eh!” inquired Redmond.
+
+“Good God, no,” answered the surgeon, “it will probably be three weeks
+or a month before he recovers under the most favorable circumstances.
+If he has suffered internal injuries it will take much longer.
+Everything depends upon that.”
+
+Redmond said nothing further, but in his heart he was glad that
+Ingleton would not be able to go with him, although of course he was
+deeply sorry that his injuries had proved to be so serious. As soon
+as he had definitely assured himself that there was no chance of the
+former secretary’s immediate recovery, Redmond went forward.
+
+Captain Moore was still on the bridge, receiving reports and giving
+orders for the tasks that would help in keeping the damaged vessel
+afloat. Redmond waited for his opportunity, then went up and asked:
+
+“How does it look, captain, is there any chance of my going ashore
+tonight?”
+
+“Yes,” replied the commander, “we’ll take care of you pretty soon now.
+We’ve got the situation under control, but I think we’re pretty badly
+damaged. As soon as I have found out just where we stand I’ll make
+arrangements to put you ashore. How is Mr. Ingleton?”
+
+“He’s in pretty bad shape. The doctor says there isn’t any possibility
+of his getting out of bed for a few weeks. Under the circumstances I
+think it will be the wisest thing for me to go ashore and look after
+Miss Ingleton as soon as you can arrange to get me there. While you are
+completing your emergency measures I’ll get my own stuff ready.”
+
+“Alright,” replied the captain.
+
+Redmond went down to his cabin in the after quarters of the cruiser
+and packed up the few belongings he had gathered to take ashore with
+him. For half an hour afterwards Captain Moore directed the work of
+investigation and superintended the emergency measures taken to keep
+the cruiser afloat until she could again reach port. This was a most
+vital problem because the nearest port at which repairs could be made
+was Honolulu, more than fifteen hundred miles away. It meant that any
+temporary measures had to be relied upon to hold up the cruiser until
+she was able to cover that vast distance at the snail’s pace of about
+four knots an hour. It would be impossible for the war-vessel with its
+damaged bows to go any faster than that.
+
+As soon as he had satisfied himself that everything possible had been
+done under the circumstances, Captain Moore summoned Redmond to the
+bridge again.
+
+“Everything’s ready for you now,” said the captain as Redmond came up
+to the bridge, “we are going to put you ashore right away. Owing to
+this confounded explosion we will not be able to stay here and stand
+by you. I am going to advise Captain Smith at Honolulu by wireless and
+ask him to send another cruiser here. It will take the other fellow
+at least three days to get here, even if he is ready to start off
+immediately after Captain Smith gets my wireless. I doubt, however,
+whether there is a cruiser available, and even if there is it will
+probably be a couple of days before he can get away. That would make it
+four days before the other cruiser could get here under most favorable
+circumstances.”
+
+“I’ll have to make the best I can of the situation,” said Redmond.
+
+While this conversation was going on, a detail of the crew had launched
+one of the steam pinnaces and had attached one of the ship’s gigs to it
+as a tow. As soon as this had been done, the officer who had been in
+charge of the detail came on to the bridge and, saluting, said to the
+Captain:
+
+“All’s ready, sir.”
+
+Captain Moore turned to Redmond and, seizing his hand in a hearty grip,
+said:
+
+“Well, good bye, Redmond, and good luck. I’m sorry this mine has put me
+out of business, because I wanted to be in at the finish, but I guess
+I’m out o’ luck.”
+
+“Good bye, Captain,” replied Redmond. “Somehow I have an idea that you
+will be in at the finish all right. You were there at the beginning and
+I have a suspicion you will be here again.”
+
+“Well, I hope you’re right,” laughed the captain.
+
+Redmond then followed the officer to the accommodation ladder on the
+side of the cruiser. The two men got into the steam launch, and the
+officer gave the word to “shove off.”
+
+On the short run to the beach the officer said to Redmond:
+
+“When we get to the cove my men will give you a hand in putting the
+boat ashore. I guess you don’t want it any further inshore than is
+necessary. How do you propose to launch it from the beach in case of
+necessity.”
+
+“Well, if you can spare the time,” said Redmond, “you can come ashore
+with me and look the place over for the most suitable spot to hide the
+boat. I never thought of any launching arrangement before. Have you by
+any chance got any wooden rollers in the launch that I could use under
+the keel of the boat?”
+
+“Yes, I thought of that,” replied the officer, “and I put a few of them
+aboard the launch. You can have them, that’s what I brought them for,
+but even so it will be a pretty stiff job for you to push the boat into
+the sea anyway, especially if anybody is after you.”
+
+“If anybody were after me,” said Redmond, “I wouldn’t attempt to launch
+it. I would take a chance of remaining on the island and fighting the
+pirate from the bushes. I’m armed now and have got a better chance
+against him. Under any circumstances Miss Ingleton will be able to give
+me a hand. She is a pretty strong young woman.”
+
+The trip in the launch to the little bay was made very slowly because
+of the intense darkness. With extreme care the officer in charge felt
+his way, then maneuvred his craft under the direction of Redmond until
+it pulled up alongside a ledge of rock that jutted out into the sea.
+This made an ideal platform upon which to land, as its surface was just
+above the gun’les of the launch. Redmond and the officer jumped out,
+and the latter instructed three of his men to row the small gig to the
+beach, pull it ashore and wait for them there.
+
+While the men were doing this, Redmond and his companion walked near
+the beach where the boat could be hidden in the brush. The beach was
+of a gravel nature which extended inshore for two or three hundred
+yards in an irregular line. Back of this the tropical vegetation was
+extremely thick and was interspersed with banana plants and cocoanut
+palms.
+
+After a considerable search the two men succeeded in locating what they
+thought was an excellent place to hide the boat. Then they went down
+to the beach where the men had dragged the boat ashore and gave a hand
+in pulling it over the ground to the place where they had selected its
+hiding place. There they carefully placed it in the bushes, after which
+they removed with care all traces of the boat’s passage over the beach.
+
+“Well, I guess we’ll go back now,” said the officer, “is there anything
+else we can do to help you?”
+
+“No,” replied Redmond.
+
+“Alright, we’ll get along then. I wish you the best of luck, old man,
+and I can tell you we are all sorry that we won’t be able to stand
+by you. We were all set to have a go at that dirty son-of-a-gun the
+pirate, but we’re out o’ luck, that’s all. Good bye--good luck!”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TWENTY-NINE
+
+
+For several moment after the naval crew had left him on the shores of
+the little cove at the southern end of Patrocinio Island Redmond paused
+deep in thought. He was confronted with a very confusing dilemma.
+Should he remain where he was for the rest of the evening and take a
+nap in the bushes surrounding the cove, or should he try to make his
+way in the darkness to the cave where he had lived during his previous
+stay on the island?
+
+If he went forward in the dark, he mused, there was always the
+possibility that he might stumble over something and betray his
+presence. On the other hand, with nothing but vegetation to hide in
+where he was, he might easily be discovered in the morning, should any
+of the pirate gang happen to come over to that side of the island.
+
+After weighing the matter carefully in his mind, he decided to stay
+where he was. He figured this would entail the least risk, and
+moreover, he was anxious to inspect the place where the boat was
+hidden, during daylight, so that he would be more familiar with it, in
+case of need.
+
+Having reached this decision, he searched around for a suitable spot to
+sleep in, and having found it, threw himself down and slept soundly for
+the rest of the night.
+
+As daylight burst in on the tropical sky the following morning, Redmond
+awoke, bright and alert. He ran over to where a small brook was
+trickling its way into the bay and took a hurried wash. Then, after a
+meal of bananas plucked from the plants around him, he made a brief
+examination of the hiding place where the row boat was stowed away. No
+better place could have been chosen even in daylight. It lay alongside
+a small bumpy piece of ground not more than a hundred yards from the
+sea, and it was completely hidden from view by vegetation. There was
+not a single mark on the beach to show where it had been pulled from
+the water over to its hiding place. In the boat was the small compact
+wireless set which would be a link between himself and the cruiser in
+case of emergency. It was of the reflected wave type, operating on a
+wavelength of half a meter. It could be conveniently held in the hand,
+and yet it could easily carry his voice for a distance of twenty-five
+miles in a straight line. This remarkable efficiency was due to the
+fact that instead of radiating in every direction, the electro-magnetic
+waves were reflected in the same manner that a beam of light is
+reflected from a mirror. The set was so designed that it could be used
+for transmission and reception, thus making it possible to conduct a
+conversation with it. The power required was supplied by a single dry
+cell, and a small high voltage battery. It was a development of the
+system first produced by Guglielmo Marconi, the inventor of wireless,
+and his assistants in 1922. Satisfied that the boat would escape
+detection and yet be easily moved into the sea in case of need, he
+started his journey into the interior of the island, where his old cave
+was located. His progress was necessarily slow because of the density
+of the tropical vegetation which covered the island in an almost solid
+patch. After trudging for a little more than an hour, he finally
+reached the cave that had been his home for so many nights. Everything
+was practically as he had left it.
+
+Redmond had brought with him a few necessities, which he figured would
+make his stay at the cave more endurable, and these he proceeded to
+stow away carefully where they could not be seen in case any of the
+outlaws should happen to pass that way. Among the things he brought
+with him was an automatic pistol, a very small revolver, and a short
+range rifle equipped with a silencer. After he had hidden his small
+camp equipment, he threw himself down within the shade of the cave for
+a brief nap during the heat of the midday sun.
+
+The afternoon was well advanced when he awoke again. Hurriedly he
+gathered a meal from the growths around him and washed it down with
+copious draughts from the brook that passed around the hill in which
+the cave was located. This done, he set out on his journey to the rock
+where he had been in the habit of meeting Mary Ingleton during his
+previous stay on the island. With him he took the rifle for use in
+any emergency that might arise. In his pocket he had placed the small
+revolver. This he intended to give to Mary at the first opportunity as
+a means of protection for herself.
+
+He moved forward cautiously. It was now a long time since he had last
+trodden the path and he was not absolutely sure of himself, and the
+trail he had broken was covered completely over with thick growth.
+Another reason that impelled him to caution was the fact that he did
+not know what changes might have taken place at the pirate’s end of
+the island. As he went forward he realized that he was confronted
+with the most hazardous part of his trip, and as he walked with
+difficulty through the jungle two concurrent but unconnected thoughts
+passed through his alert mind. Almost subconsciously one thought was
+concentrated upon the task before him of getting to the rock safely
+without detection. It was engendered by his fixity of purpose and
+developed by the quick observation of his eyes and the keen perception
+of his ears.
+
+Coincident with this thought was another and more intimate one which
+proceeded from his reasoning faculties. It was caused by his anxiety
+over the safety of the young woman he had come to assist, but its
+continuation was due to an entirely different reason.
+
+It was several weeks since he had last seen Mary Ingleton, and many
+things had happened to him during that period. Now that he was
+approaching the critical part of his adventure he wondered how she had
+fared while he had been in Honolulu and she was on the island at the
+mercy of the pirate and his crew with no one to encourage or protect
+her.
+
+As he thought his mind reverted back to the time when he had set out
+from the island in the frail boat to reach civilization and bring aid
+to Mary. At that time, he mused, he was actuated by purely altruistic
+and chivalrous motives. The series of remarkable adventures he had
+undergone and the suffering he had experienced, however, had caused him
+many moments of serious introspection during that time, and now he knew
+that an entirely different cause motivated his present efforts.
+
+There was no doubt about it. His former indifference toward the weaker
+sex had entirely disappeared, and in its place a new feeling had been
+engendered within him. With the calculating calmness that was one of
+his chief characteristics he had analyzed carefully day by day the new
+sensation, and after a long deliberation he had come to a conclusion as
+unexpected as his cogitation had been lengthy. He realized and admitted
+to himself that he was in love with the young woman he was now on his
+way to aid.
+
+Strangely enough the realization brought him no feeling of happiness.
+Instead his mind was sorely troubled. It was beclouded with depressing
+thoughts concerning Mary and gloomy conjectures regarding her safety.
+Under any other circumstances he would have pushed forward to assist
+her with only the thought of getting to the scene of her involuntary
+imprisonment at the earliest possible moment. Now, however, a series
+of wild conjectures as to what might have happened to her during his
+absence coursed through his mind in rapid succession to torture him.
+He imagined all kinds of gruesome things, and even though he carefully
+argued that all of them were impossible, nevertheless he could not
+entirely cast the gloomy ideas from his mind.
+
+Thus, alternately rising to the heights of hope and then falling into
+the depths of despair, he trudged slowly forward through the jungle
+until he reached its edge. Then he looked out over the clearing where
+the pirate had established his base. In the foreground was the rock
+where he had met Mary so many times before. Not a sign could he see of
+any of the outlaw gang upon the shores, or near the buildings where
+they lived and worked, nor was Mary to be seen anywhere.
+
+He was disappointed. Having assured himself that no one was in sight,
+he cautiously emerged from the shelter of the vegetation about him,
+and then made his way slowly and carefully to the rock. It was his
+intention to stay there as long as it was daylight, on the chance of
+attracting Mary’s attention, should she come out of the building. If
+unsuccessful in this he had decided to come back each day until he had
+finally seen and spoken to her. He was anxious to complete the plans
+for her escape as soon as possible, despite the fact that it would be a
+few days before another cruiser could possibly arrive from Honolulu and
+take the place of the damaged Farragut.
+
+He reached the rock in safety and then lay down beside it. He made
+himself as comfortable as he could under the circumstances. In this
+condition he was hidden in such a manner that he could look around the
+base of the rock and get a clear view of the pirate’s base before him
+without being visible himself.
+
+As he looked over the harbor he saw the remarkable airplane of the
+pirate afloat near the rock to which it was moored. He concluded that
+Levanter and his crew must be upon the island. His reasoning was
+apparently confirmed by the small wisp of bluish smoke which was idly
+rising out of the small stack in the workshop building where the liquid
+oxygen fuel was made by Levanter’s men.
+
+It seemed as though he had been lying there for years before anything
+happened. In reality a little more than an hour had elapsed from the
+time he took his position behind the rock until he saw two figures
+emerge from the larger building. As they moved about he recognized in
+them Levanter and Mary. Instinctively he gripped his rifle. He brought
+it to his shoulder as he lay, ready at a moment’s notice to aim and
+fire. His natural caution however warned him against any hasty action
+that might jeopardize the chances of rescuing Mary, especially as it
+would be several days before he could get her off the island under any
+conditions.
+
+Silently and intently he watched the two figures. They appeared to be
+engaged in a very excited conversation, judging from their animated
+gesticulations. As they spoke to one another they were gradually
+walking to the landing place where the airplane lay at its moorings.
+Occasionally Mary would stop, and Levanter would turn toward her and
+apparently argue with a great show of eagerness before they began to
+move on again.
+
+Suddenly Redmond set himself in tense but subdued alertness. His quick
+eye had detected a decided change in the situation when Mary had
+stopped once more. He distinctly saw her stamp her foot, apparently
+in anger, turn completely around and then start back in the direction
+whence she and Levanter had come. As she did so he saw the latter leap
+forward and grasp Mary by the shoulder. He saw the pirate stop Mary
+abruptly by the strength of his grip and shake her visibly. The scene
+he witnessed completely severed the restraining grip of caution that
+had held him motionless. He was inwardly boiling with an all consuming
+rage engendered by the scene that was being enacted before him upon
+the beach, and under the sour of its intensity he raised his rifle to
+his shoulder and fired. The bullet sped silently and true. Redmond saw
+Levanter’s grip loosen from Mary’s shoulder. He saw the pirate reel
+unsteadily for a second, then fall in a huddled heap upon the ground.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THIRTY
+
+
+For three days after her crew had placed Redmond on the shores of
+Patrocinio Island, the damaged cruiser “Farragut” limped steadily
+forward at the rate of twelve knots an hour toward Honolulu. Hers was
+probably one of the most forlorn voyages ever undertaken. When she left
+Honolulu every man on board was keyed up to the pitch of expectation,
+proud and eager to be in at the finish of the pirate whose depredations
+had aroused the entire world. Now their ship was slinking back to port
+in a crippled condition, rendered impotent by one of the defensive
+weapons of the pirate they had hoped to capture.
+
+Immediately after Redmond had been placed ashore the crew of the
+“Farragut” stretched a tarpaulin around the shattered bows of their
+vessel to break the force of the water. Other temporary repairs were
+also made. Fortunately, the bulkhead between the second and third hold,
+which had not been damaged by the explosion, was still watertight and
+sufficiently strong to enable the ship to proceed at the reduced speed.
+
+Realizing the desperate nature of the voyage before him, Captain Moore
+took the shortest possible course to his destination, and although
+it practically paralleled the regular trade route between Honolulu
+and Midway Island, not a single object was sighted to relieve the
+monotonous sameness of the vast sea throughout the dreary time that
+had elapsed since the return trip began. Several times the war-vessel
+had been very close to the various uninhabited rocks belonging to the
+Hawaiian archipelago, but none had been sighted. In fact, no effort had
+been made to approach them.
+
+Early on the fourth day of the voyage, when sun observations showed
+the “Farragut” was approaching the elongated island of Niihau, Captain
+Moore sent instructions forward to the men on duty to keep a sharp
+watch for sight of land. This order had scarcely been issued when the
+look-out man in the fighting top of the foremast sang out to the bridge:
+
+“There’s a ship about two points on the port bow, sir.”
+
+Captain Moore was in the navigating room at the time. He immediately
+gave orders to the quartermaster, who promptly threw his helm over, so
+that the “Farragut” would approach the other ship. Within half an hour
+the two vessels were close enough to permit semaphore signalling to one
+another. Before that time, however, it was clearly evident that the
+stranger was a war-vessel of the fast light cruiser type.
+
+Having ascertained the nature of the stranger, Captain Moore naturally
+surmised that she was on her way to take his place off Patrocinio
+Island, in response to the emergency message he had sent shortly after
+the explosion had damaged the bows of his ship.
+
+In her subsequent signals the approaching cruiser said she was the “New
+Orleans”, under instructions to proceed to Patrocinio, and intercept
+the “Farragut” on the way. Her commander then added that he had orders
+for Captain Moore and asked the latter to come to in order that he
+could deliver them.
+
+This was done immediately, and shortly afterwards a small launch was
+lowered from the “New Orleans”, which then started over toward the
+“Farragut.” When the launch came alongside the damaged cruiser Captain
+Simmons of the “New Orleans” came aboard and went into the navigating
+cabin. There, after customary greetings had been exchanged with Captain
+Moore, Simmons said:
+
+“I have instructions for you from headquarters at Honolulu. Here they
+are.”
+
+He then handed Captain Moore a sealed envelope and continued:
+
+“As I understand it, we are to change commands and you are to take
+the “New Orleans” on to Patrocinio and carry out your original
+instructions.”
+
+Captain Moore took the message and hurriedly read it. It confirmed,
+in regulation navy form, what Captain Simmons had just said. The two
+officers then went through the necessary formalities of transferring
+their commands. As soon as this had been completed they engaged in
+conversation for a few moments, during which Moore gave his colleague
+an outline of the explosion and the events that followed it.
+
+“How is Mr. Ingleton now?” asked Captain Simmons.
+
+“He’s improving wonderfully,” replied Captain Moore. “At first the
+doctor was afraid he had suffered internal injuries, but I understand
+that such is not the case. He is still laid up, suffering from the
+effects of the shock, but he is expected to recover pretty rapidly now,
+I believe.”
+
+“Well, I’m glad to hear that. Was he disappointed at not being able to
+go ashore with Redmond to aid his daughter?”
+
+“We haven’t discussed that situation with him at all. The doctor has
+asked us not to do so, and I think it would be a wise idea not to
+mention it to him. In fact, if I were you, I would not visit him at
+all because if he saw there had been a change of commanders he might
+suspect something and begin worrying. So far as I am aware, he is still
+under the impression that we are lying off Patrocinio. He can’t feel
+the ship’s vibration where he is lying. It will be best to let him
+recover first and then explain the turn of events to him afterwards.”
+
+For the next few moments the conversation dwelt upon naval matters
+generally, in the course of which Captain Moore asked:
+
+“What’s the latest in connection with operations against the pirate?
+Have any new plans been decided upon?”
+
+“No! So far as I know, there is no change in the situation, except
+that I heard the experts in Washington have cabled that they have been
+successful in developing a new kind of bomb and shell that is to be
+used against him when everything is ready for the final operations.”
+
+“What’s the nature of it?” inquired Moore.
+
+“I don’t know exactly. I understand that it is a chemical bomb
+containing some liquid gas, probably something like those Levanter is
+reported to be using.”
+
+“We haven’t heard a thing during the time we have been coming from
+the island,” said Captain Moore, “so we have been wondering whether
+anything unusual had happened, or whether the pirate had been out from
+his base at all.”
+
+“There is nothing new,” replied Captain Simmons. “The pirate has been
+inactive ever since you left Honolulu. I imagine that he is undergoing
+periodical repairs. He is undoubtedly having great difficulty in
+obtaining the supplies he needs for his engines. The private companies
+are not taking any chances, and most schedules have been completely
+abandoned until there is a greater measure of security against him. Of
+course, I don’t know anything about the plans that are being made, but
+I have an idea that it won’t be very long now before a concentrated
+attack is made against the pirate. I know all kinds of pressure is
+being brought to bear on the government to move against him, and
+everybody is keyed up. You are a lucky dog. You’ll probably be right on
+the job when things are moving.”
+
+“Well, I hope they move quickly,” said Moore, “it’s no cinch lying
+around off that God-forsaken place waiting for something to happen and
+not knowing anything. It can’t come too quick to suit me.”
+
+“Well, I wish you luck anyway,” said Simmons as Moore rose to leave. A
+few minutes afterwards the latter was in the launch on his way to take
+over his new command and proceed back to the pirate’s nest.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THIRTY-ONE
+
+
+When Levanter fell with a bullet from Redmond’s silent rifle through
+his leg, Mary Ingleton gained a respite from the most trying ordeal
+of her life. As it happened, Redmond’s return to Patrocinio Island
+occurred the evening before the pirate had taken Mary on the mine
+laying trip, and the former officer of the Wilbur Wright was actually
+making his way across the island from his cave to the old meeting place
+when Levanter surprised Mary beside the schooner Hilo. A lifetime
+of emotion had been concentrated for her in the brief hour which
+intervened between the two incidents.
+
+At the moment when, flushed and worn out from the tremendous effort
+she had made in rolling the rock alongside the wrecked schooner, Mary
+looked up and saw her captor before her the surprise sent her heart
+into violent palpitation. For several seconds--a seeming eternity--she
+stood in open mouthed astonishment, speechless and helpless. The pirate
+watched her unfeigned amazement while he endeavored to guess the reason
+for her exertions. Finally he broke the tensity of the situation by
+exclaiming:
+
+“What are you trying to do, Mary?”
+
+His question brought Mary out of her stupor, back to her normal self.
+
+“Good Heavens,” she gasped, “you startled me terribly. How did you get
+here?”
+
+“I’m sorry,” replied Levanter, with a cynical smile. “I didn’t mean to
+frighten you, dearest. I changed my mind at the last moment and didn’t
+go out with the men. I sent Johnson out to superintend the mine laying
+job and then I came back. I saw you come out here and I just naturally
+followed you.”
+
+The term of endearment used for the first time by Levanter since her
+imprisonment on the island brought a flush to Mary’s cheeks. It was not
+caused by any feeling of embarrassment. In fact the mingled feelings
+which had gripped her following his sudden appearance were completely
+consumed now in the molten heat of her violent hatred for the man
+before her. The flush was one of anger. The sky pirate on the other
+hand misinterpreted it entirely. The appearance of the blush on Mary’s
+face as he addressed her endearingly, caused him to forget momentarily
+the suspicions her actions had engendered within his mind.
+
+Mary’s anger had now overcome her fear and to a certain extent
+subjected her judgement. Turning to Levanter, she exclaimed with
+considerable emphasis:
+
+“I think you are terribly mean to scare me like that. I didn’t think
+you were prowling after me and spying on me.”
+
+The remark brought Levanter out of the realm of speculation back to
+realities and his suspicions.
+
+“But I can’t understand what on earth you were doing pushing that big,
+heavy rock about,” he said.
+
+“Oh, I was just exercising,” said Mary sarcastically, still angry.
+
+Levanter left her and went over to the wrecked schooner. He began to
+examine it carefully, particularly where Mary had rolled the rock up
+alongside it. Despite his careful search, he could find nothing wrong,
+and the failure left him still further perplexed as to her motives.
+What was her object in struggling so persistently with the rock, he
+reflected? It certainly was not for the purpose of exercise, because
+there were many more pleasant ways in which she could have done that.
+No! There was some real reason for it, and he made up his mind to find
+out what it was.
+
+After making a complete search around the schooner, he clambered aboard
+the wreck and carried his investigation further. He went through the
+battered hull, from stem to stern, picking his way slowly and carefully
+through the piled up debris. Everything about the old schooner was as
+natural and normal as could be under the circumstances, considering the
+length of time it had lain upon the beach, subject to the constant
+pounding of the heavy surf. Disappointed, Levanter came up on the deck
+again and continued his survey there.
+
+Suddenly he stopped short, his eyes fell upon the empty boat davits in
+the stern. He walked over and examined them carefully. The blocks and
+tackle were close hauled to the top of the davits, and the slack of the
+rope was coiled about the deck. The lifeboat was gone!
+
+Levanter thought deeply and intensely. In what condition was the
+lifeboat when he and his men wrecked the schooner on the beach? To
+the best of his recollection, the boat had been left on the davits.
+In fact, he was almost sure of it, because he remembered ordering his
+men to break in its sides. He looked over the side to make sure that
+the boat was not lying waterlogged in the surf. There was no trace of
+it. Having made sure of this, he scrambled back ashore and went over
+to Mary. Throughout the time he had been on the schooner she had stood
+waiting, deep in thought, puzzling her brain for some plausible excuse
+to explain her actions. She realized she had been caught red-handed,
+and she knew that whatever the outcome of the present situation,
+Levanter would be suspicious and watch her every action. It certainly
+meant the end of her plan to cripple his adventure by means of one of
+his own bombs. Also, it was quite possible that he would considerably
+restrict her liberty or movement about the island.
+
+“Where is the lifeboat?” he queried, somewhat irritably.
+
+“How should I know?” replied Mary.
+
+“Well it’s missing,” continued Levanter, “and you must know something
+about it, otherwise I can’t understand what you are doing here.”
+
+“I don’t know anything about it,” Mary retorted with heat, unashamed at
+the lie. Didn’t you break it up? That’s what you told me before.”
+
+“So I did, but I left it hanging on the davits, and it isn’t there now,
+and what’s more, I find you doing a most unacountable thing around
+here. That’s what I can’t understand. There must be some connection in
+this thing, and you might as well tell me what it is. If you think you
+can get away from me, you are very foolish.”
+
+“I am not so silly,” said Mary, “I know I can’t get away and I’m not
+going to take any foolish chances. There’s nothing I can tell you about
+your old boat.”
+
+For several minutes Levanter plied her with questions in a vain effort
+to trap her into some admission that would give him a clue to the
+mystery that confronted him. She answered readily enough at first, but
+in a completely non-commital manner, and when he began to press her
+more closely she became more reticent, and finally refused to answer
+at all. This attitude set fire to the kindling ferocity in Levanter’s
+temper and he stepped toward her.
+
+Realizing the change and really alarmed, Mary began to walk away toward
+the huts. She had no idea what to do, except that she thought it wise
+to get as far away from him as she could while he was in his present
+threatening mood. He strode after her angrily.
+
+“Why don’t you answer me?” he demanded as he reached to grasp her.
+
+She evaded him readily enough, but for the first time in her life she
+was really afraid. In fact she was almost terror-stricken. More than
+ever the realization dawned upon her that she was completely within the
+man’s power and at the present moment alone with him.
+
+“Don’t you dare to touch me!” she exclaimed.
+
+The pirate laughed at her. “Why, what would you do?” he asked.
+
+Then, as she did not answer, he continued, “My dear girl, there is
+nothing that you can do. You will have to do as I tell you. You can’t
+get away from me. I am determined to find out just what you were doing
+up at the schooner, and you might as well tell me now as later.”
+
+While he was talking Mary was walking slowly forward, watching him
+closely out of the corner of her eye. There had flashed through her
+mind the memory of their last encounter when he had flared up and
+tried to seize her--the time when Walter Johnston, the pirate’s chief
+assistant, interrupted in her behalf. As far as she knew all the
+members of the pirate crew were still out on the airplane, laying
+mines along the coast, and consequently she was alone on the island
+with Levanter, with the exception of course of the Kanakas. It was no
+use looking to them for any assistance.
+
+Helpless as she apparently was, however, Mary still hoped that by some
+fortunate chance the crew had already returned from the mine laying
+trip, so she steadily walked along, hoping against hope that she would
+attract the attention of Johnston.
+
+The momentary laugh which had escaped from Levanter tempered the
+intensity of his wrath somewhat, but he was still in a highly inflamed
+temper. He continued after Mary, trying hard to solve the mystery
+surrounding the incident which had given rise to the present situation.
+They continued in this manner for several minutes, to Mary’s great
+relief, until finally they came up to the huts.
+
+The Kanakas were all busily engaged at the tasks which had become
+routine to them. Mary felt a little easier because, while it was
+extremely doubtful just what they would do in case the pirate molested
+her, she felt that she was not as isolated as she had been at the
+opposite side of the harbor where the wreck of the Hilo was lying.
+
+She gave a quick glance toward the airplane-mooring place, but her
+hopes were quickly dashed, for there was no sign of the machine. She
+realized now that it was a case of her wits against the temper of the
+pirate. There was no use going any further, she figured, as that would
+take her away from the Kanakas, and she realized bitterly that Levanter
+would follow her wherever she went. She tried hard to think of some way
+of getting out of the mess, but nothing occurred to her.
+
+Suddenly she turned around and faced Levanter.
+
+“Why do you keep following me?” she cried. “What do you want of me?”
+
+The violent anger which had possessed Levanter had cooled down
+considerably. During the walk from the schooner he had been thinking
+hard, going back over every possible detail and every incident that he
+could think of that had taken place during Mary’s stay on the island.
+
+As a result of this recollection, three things stood out prominently in
+his memory.
+
+First, the unexpected, unexplained and untraced disappearance of his
+man, Harrison, which had long since passed out of his mind.
+
+Second, the decided change which had recently come over Mary in regard
+to her attitude toward him and her sudden interest in all of his plans
+and activities; and
+
+Third, the unusual task she was engaged in when he surprised her a
+short time ago.
+
+Surely, he reflected, there must be some connection between these
+things. But what that connection was he could not figure out.
+
+A new thought suddenly came into his mind: Had Harrison turned traitor
+on him?
+
+The very idea caused his anger to flare up again. Had Harrison got away
+in the Hilo’s lifeboat? No? he thought to himself, that would have been
+impossible. He could not have repaired it and made it seaworthy in
+such a short time, and besides his disappearance had been discovered
+immediately. Moreover, the search he and his men had made with the
+airplane the following day would have quickly disclosed the presence of
+any boat on the sea, and he remembered that the search had been very
+thorough indeed. Not only this, but the search on the island itself had
+been very complete. Finally he dismissed the thought by deciding that
+Harrison had been drowned after all.
+
+Having convinced himself on this point, he tried to reason out some
+plausible explanation of the other incidents which were puzzling
+him. His thoughts kept him so fully engrossed that he was completely
+oblivious of his surroundings. The sudden exclamation of Mary brought
+him back to actualities. He looked at her for a few moments before
+replying, his temper mounting rapidly again.
+
+“By God!” he said finally, “I’m going to find out what you were doing
+and what it was all about.”
+
+“Do you mean you are going to hurt me?” demanded Mary, with a show of
+defiance.
+
+“Suppose I decide to,” he said with a sneer, “who do you think would
+stop me?”
+
+“If you try to molest me, I shall call the Kanakas.”
+
+“A lot of good they would do you!” he jeered. “You needn’t get alarmed,
+though. I’m not going to hurt you. At any rate, not now.”
+
+Then, as though to belie his words, he started over toward her, saying
+as he went:
+
+“What do you know about that man of mine, Harrison, who disappeared?”
+
+As he spoke Levanter raised his hand and brought it down on Mary’s
+shoulder. He had scarcely touched her when he uttered a cry of pain,
+and then suddenly fell in a heap upon the ground.
+
+Mary was completely staggered at the sudden turn of affairs. For
+several moments she stood in stupified silence, looking at the pirate
+who was writhing in agony where he lay. Finally collecting her wits,
+she said:
+
+“What’s the matter?”
+
+“Good Lord!” he gasped, “I’ve been shot.”
+
+“Shot!” exclaimed Mary incredulously. “Who could have shot you? I
+didn’t hear anything.”
+
+“I don’t know,” he replied weakly.
+
+“Where are you hurt?” she asked.
+
+“In my right leg. I think the bone is shattered.”
+
+Suddenly a great light dawned on Mary. Surely it must have been Redmond
+who had fired the shot. It was a long time since she had received the
+welcome code letters over the wireless from the big government naval
+radio station at Honolulu which told of his safe arrival there, and
+she had been waiting anxiously day by day for his return. Many times
+had she strolled expectantly to their old meeting place in the hope of
+seeing him, only to be disappointed. Surely this must be Redmond now.
+Who else could have fired the shot?
+
+Almost instinctively she turned and looked over to the rock. Suddenly
+her heart leaped with joy; there at the side of the boulder she could
+clearly make out his head peering out from behind it. Unthinkingly she
+motioned him to get back. Then realizing that her gesture might have
+been observed by the pirate, she turned in alarm at her foolish action.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THIRTY-TWO
+
+
+Fortunately for Mary Ingleton the pirate was in such intense pain he
+had not observed the motion she had made when signalling Redmond to
+get back behind the rock. She realized that if he became aware of
+the latter’s presence on the island their chance of escape would be
+very slim indeed, but she felt sure that Levanter was in far too much
+pain at the present moment to ask questions about the bullet that had
+wounded him. Having assured herself that for the moment everything was
+safe, she bent toward the wounded man and said:
+
+“I’m going over to get the Kanakas to come over and carry you into the
+hut.”
+
+He murmured his assent between groans.
+
+Seizing the opportunity thus presented, Mary walked as far as the first
+house between herself and Levanter, where she was in sight of the rock
+behind which Redmond was hiding. She waved her arm until she saw his
+head cautiously emerge from the rock. Then she gave him the signal to
+remain there until she could come over.
+
+Having assured that Redmond had understood her, Mary went over to
+the shop where the Kanakas were at work. Having found the chief, she
+explained to him what had happened, and in a few moments the whole gang
+walked over with her to the place where Levanter was lying.
+
+It took but a few moments to improvise a stretcher under Mary’s
+direction, and the wounded man was carefully placed upon it by the
+tribesmen. This completed, the Kanakas bandaged up the injured leg to
+prevent further bleeding and carried Levanter over to the living hut
+where they placed him on a bed.
+
+As they entered the room Mary, who was following in the rear, happened
+to cast a quick glance toward the rough table on which the pirate
+generally did his planning. A familiar looking paper was lying on it.
+A closer but quick glance showed here it was the chart of the island,
+marked with the position of every mine which the pirate had sown around
+the island. Making use of her opportunity, Mary hurriedly snatched it
+and thrust it in the neck of her dress.
+
+Immediately after Levanter had been laid upon the bed Mary went over
+and asked him how he felt. He answered in a gruff manner. Then she said:
+
+“I don’t know whether I should but if there is anything I can do for
+you I will.”
+
+“I don’t want anything,” he replied ungraciously.
+
+“Well, then,” she added, “I am going out to see if I can see the
+airplane and if so get them to come to you immediately.”
+
+Without waiting any further she walked out of the hut. Once outside,
+she looked quickly over the harbor and, convincing herself that there
+was no sign of the pirate aircraft, hurried over to the rock were
+Redmond was hiding.
+
+She went straight behind the rock where she was completely out of sight
+of the settlement along the beach. As she was behind its sheltering
+form she turned toward the former airship officer and with all the
+fervor in her voice she exclaimed:
+
+“Oh! I’m so glad you are back, Mr. Redmond! I thought you would never
+come.”
+
+As she said this Mary uttered a deep sigh. In it were concentrated all
+the mingled emotions that had been pent up within her. It brought to
+her a sense of security and contentment such as she had not felt since
+she came to the island and it removed the terrific strain on her nerves
+which had almost resulted in a swoon.
+
+For Redmond this was one of the epochal moments of his life. Through
+his mind there rushed tumultuously a hundred thoughts in a pell-mell
+fashion, but overshadowing all, there was the impelling desire to grasp
+the girl before him in his arms and tell her how deeply he loved her.
+For a few seconds there was a desperate struggle within him between
+desire and wisdom, and throughout that time he remained tongue-tied.
+
+It had been a most trying hour for him indeed. Ever since he had fired
+the shot which wounded the pirate his mind had been preyed upon by
+the thought that perhaps his hasty action had ruined all chances of
+rescuing the girl whose existence he was convinced meant his future
+happiness.
+
+He shuffled uneasily and finally blurted out:
+
+“I couldn’t get here before, Miss Mary.”
+
+The spell at last broken, Redmond plunged into his narrative and told
+his companion all that happened since the time he pushed off alone in
+the dead of the night on his fateful trip in the frail lifeboat.
+
+“We are in a pretty bad mess,” he concluded, “because I don’t know how
+long it will be before the relief ship is able to get here, and it will
+be impossible to get you off the island until it does get here. That’s
+the reason why I am afraid that I made a mistake in shooting Levanter.
+From here it looked as though he was going to strike you, and I just
+lost my head and shot him.”
+
+“Don’t worry about it,” said Mary with a soothing tone in her voice,
+“perhaps it will all turn out for the best, after all. At least, let’s
+hope so.”
+
+She then told him what had happened and the reason for the scene which
+had led up to the shooting. At that point she added:
+
+“Oh! while I was in his room just now, I saw the chart he had with all
+the places where he has put those dreadful mines. I picked it up. Do
+you think it will be of any use to you?”
+
+“Will it?” said Redmond with glee. “Why, that’s the best thing we could
+possibly get hold of. I’ll give it to the captain of the ship that is
+coming in place of the Farragut.”
+
+Thus they talked for quite a while until Mary suddenly came back to
+realities.
+
+“The airplane will be back any time now,” she said. “What do you think
+I had best do?”
+
+Redmond thought a while before replying. It was indeed a serious
+situation, and difficult to decide just what to do. There was no doubt
+that both of them would have to be extremely careful, as the pirate’s
+wound would have to be explained somehow. The crew would undoubtedly
+suspect the presence of a stranger on the island. Having turned the
+problem over in his mind thoroughly, Redmond finally said:
+
+“At first I was going to suggest that you come along with me and take
+a chance of escaping at the first opportunity, but as we don’t know
+just when the next cruiser will get here, it would mean that we would
+both have to hide on the island until it arrived, and that would be
+suicidal. I hate to send you back there, Miss Mary, but I think it
+would be best under the circumstances, and it might allay to their
+suspicions. Besides, it will make the whole affair more of a mystery to
+them. You will have to deny all knowledge of how the shooting occurred.”
+
+“If you were to disappear at this time,” Redmond continued, “they would
+begin to search the island. Maybe they will anyway. I’m going to be
+as careful as I can. Much more so than I was before. I’m going to the
+southern end of the island tonight and send out a call on the portable
+wireless set I have there, in the hope of picking up whatever cruiser
+is coming along to take the place of the Farragut. I’ll try to get back
+to the rock here tomorrow if the conditions are right.”
+
+Then after a short pause he added:
+
+“I know it’s going to be very trying and very hard for you, Miss Mary,
+but I think it’s the best thing to do under the circumstances. I’ll try
+to keep within call of you in case of need. You know I’m armed now and
+that makes a great difference to both of us.”
+
+Mary listened very attentively to all he said. As soon as he had
+finished she replied without any hesitation:
+
+“I don’t mind it at all now that you are on the island again. Before
+you came back I was really afraid at times. You see I was all alone
+with these terrible men. Now I feel brave again. Don’t worry about
+me. I’ll be able to take care of myself alright, but I really think I
+should be going back now before the airplane comes in again.”
+
+Before Mary got up to go they both glanced cautiously around the
+sheltering rock to make sure that everything was clear. There was still
+no sign of the outlaw aircraft in the harbor. For several seconds they
+both looked at each other in silence, then Mary put out her hand and
+Redmond grasped it.
+
+“Au Revoir,” she said simply.
+
+That was all. A moment later she was already walking resolutely toward
+the harbor.
+
+From behind the sheltering form of the rock he watched, his mind a prey
+to a thousand fears over her safety and the disturbing thought that his
+judgement in sending her back might eventually prove to have been wrong.
+
+Mary walked steadily forward. Not once did she turn back, although
+she was strongly tempted to. She was wondering whether Redmond was
+staying at the rock, or whether he had already left for the other side
+of the island. She was in high spirits. The gravity of the situation
+confronting her did not impress itself upon her mind in any way.
+Somehow, subconsciously, the conviction that everything would turn out
+alright had settled upon her, removing all fears that had beset her
+a short time ago. Her spirits were as buoyant now as they had been
+depressed a few hours ago. The pendulum of life had swung to the side
+of hope at last.
+
+When she neared the beach she saw the airplane turn the headland on the
+eastern side of the harbor as it moved along the surface of the sea.
+She stopped abruptly, then watched a while, as it came slowly in toward
+its mooring. As it got closer she commenced to walk slowly up and down
+as though she had been doing nothing else at any time.
+
+It was not long before the crew had secured the machine to its mooring
+and made their way ashore. Johnston was in the lead, and Mary went
+over toward him. The unusual greeting surprised the pirate’s chief
+lieutenant, and he exclaimed:
+
+“What’s the matter, Miss?”
+
+“Levanter had an accident,” she replied. “That’s what I came to tell
+you. His leg is hurt. He’s in the hut. He says he was shot, but I don’t
+know what’s the matter.”
+
+“Shot!” exclaimed Johnston incredulously. “Who could have shot him?”
+
+“That’s what I can’t say,” answered Mary truthfully enough.
+
+Johnston clearly showed his perplexity.
+
+“That sounds dam’ funny to me--Oh! excuse me, Miss,” he blurted
+apologetically, “but I can’t get that at all. Well, anyway, let’s go
+over and see what’s happened.”
+
+Mary went after him as he strode rapidly toward the hut where the
+pirate was lying. He was already inside the room before she reached the
+door. He went over to the cot and asked vigorously:
+
+“What in ’ell’s happened?”
+
+“I’ve been shot, Walter,” replied Levanter weakly.
+
+“Who the devil could shoot you?”
+
+“I don’t know. I was talking to Mary when it happened. I got it in the
+leg.”
+
+Without further ado Johnston bent over and examined the injured leg.
+The Kanakas had been bathing the wound under the feeble instructions
+Levanter had been able to give them.
+
+By this time the rest of the crew had entered the room, and Mary was
+standing by the door.
+
+“Is there anything I can do?” she inquired.
+
+“No,” replied Johnston gruffly.
+
+He turned to the others and ordered them to get a piece of wood to
+act as a splint to bind the pirate’s leg up. He then went over to the
+emergency medicine chest and made a dressing for the wound.
+
+All hands worked quickly, and it was not long before the injured leg
+was bandaged up as well as could be done under the circumstances. There
+was no doubt about the ease it brought Levanter. He expressed it in the
+sigh that escaped his lips just before he fell into slumber.
+
+After administrating his aid Johnston ordered the rest of the crew out
+of the room, and went over to Mary.
+
+“I want to talk to you, Miss,” he said as he led her out.
+
+Outside the hut he continued:
+
+“I’m a plain man, Miss, and I don’t stand for any monkey business--it’s
+too risky in this job. Now tell me straight what happened.”
+
+“Why I’ve told you all I can already,” said Mary. “There’s nothing else
+I can tell you.”
+
+“Well, he says he was talking to you when he was shot. Who shot him?”
+
+“That’s the funniest part about it,” replied Mary. “I was talking to
+him. He was very angry over something. He was talking to me when all of
+a sudden he fell over. I didn’t hear a sound and I didn’t see any one.
+Even the Kanakas were all inside the workshop. It may sound funny, but
+honestly that’s the truth.”
+
+“Well it’s dam’ funny to me,” he said with a perplexed air. “I can’t
+understand it.”
+
+“If it’s funny to you, just think how mysterious it was to me, because
+I was standing with him,” she said.
+
+A sudden thought entered Johnston’s mind. Looking straight at Mary, he
+asked:
+
+“Say was he trying to interfere with you?”
+
+“Why do you ask that,” queried Mary in reply.
+
+“Because I think you shot him,” replied Johnston menacingly.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THIRTY-THREE
+
+
+Redmond stayed behind the rock, watching the trend of events closely
+when the pirate crew came off the airplane and walked over to Mary. He
+saw her engage in conversation with Johnston and watched them as they
+hurried to the hut where they all lived.
+
+Realizing that they would be inside for some considerable time and
+that there was nothing further that he could do at present, he began
+his journey across the island to the cove on the southern shore where
+he had landed from the cruiser Farragut. He was anxious to get there
+before darkness set in, as he was not sure that he could find the
+hidden boat in the dark.
+
+Instinctively he looked at his watch. It was already four thirty in
+the afternoon, consequently he had no time to lose, as it would be
+completely dark within an hour and a half. As soon as he was out of
+sight from the pirate’s settlement, he quickened his step as fast as
+the tropical growths about him would permit.
+
+After a weary trudge he arrived at his destination, fortunately before
+darkness set in. He readily located the hidden boat and took from
+it the portable wireless set which had been included for emergency
+purposes to communicate with the Farragut.
+
+It was a very remarkable piece of apparatus, so efficiently constructed
+that it could be carried in the hand and yet it had an effective range
+of twenty-five miles in daylight. Its basic principle rested upon the
+discovery successfully developed by Marconi and his assistants in
+the year 1922, by which the electro-magnetic waves were concentrated
+and reflected in one direction only, just as a beam of light is
+concentrated and reflected in a narrow band of brilliance by a mirror
+reflector.
+
+Its portability was obtained by the fact that it radiated waves of only
+a quarter of a meter in length. To get such radiation an alternating
+current of 1,200,000,000 cycles per second had to be produced. This
+terrifically high frequency was obtained from a wonderful development
+of the vacuum tube--the Alladin’s lamp of radio--which had such an
+efficient filament that it operated from a very small dry cell.
+
+The reflecting medium consisted of a parabolic frame arranged around
+the transmitter, on which were strung a number of wires which acted as
+the reflecting antennae. Each of these wires was one wavelength long,
+in other words--a quarter of a meter.
+
+The apparatus which had been given to Redmond was designed for wireless
+telephone transmission and reception. A small microphone and telephone
+were included, both of which were arranged on a holder in such fashion
+that when the ’phone was at the ear of the operator the microphone
+naturally came before the mouth. A small push button in the center of
+the handle switched the apparatus over from the transmitting to the
+receiving condition and vice versa.
+
+The set could either be operated upon the ground where the direction
+of communication was known, or from the operator’s shoulder in other
+cases. For the latter purpose a leather sling was attached to the
+framework supporting the small aerials, by which it could be suspended
+from the neck, thus leaving the hands of the operator free. This was a
+very necessary provision because the telephone-microphone had to be in
+one hand, and the reflector worked with the other when searching for
+another station whose direction was unknown.
+
+Since Redmond did not know the whereabouts of the cruiser, which he
+hoped was on its way to replace the damaged Farragut, he picked up the
+apparatus, slung it across his shoulder and walked down the shelving
+rock which jutted out into the cove.
+
+He took a position where he could command the entire southern, eastern
+and western approaches to the island. Although he did not know over
+what course the new cruiser would come, he had an idea that it would be
+pretty close to that which the Farragut followed when it brought him
+from Honolulu back to Patrocinio. With the aid of his pocket compass he
+figured out the bearing of this course, then turning on the current to
+the filament of his vacuum tube, commenced to call:
+
+“Hello! Hello!”
+
+For four weary hours he kept up the incessant calling, breaking it
+only at intervals in order to listen for a possible reply. Not a sound
+came to him from the black expanse beyond. By midnight he had given up
+all idea of getting in touch with any government vessel. After all, he
+thought, this was only the day after the Farragut had placed him ashore
+and the possibility of any relief ship being in the neighborhood so
+soon was very slight. He had gone there on the bare possibility that
+one of the other cruisers which were patrolling in the vicinity might
+have been intercepted and ordered to Patrocinio.
+
+Having come to the conclusion that further calling was useless, Redmond
+groped his way ashore in the darkness, placed his apparatus beneath
+some foliage and lay down and slept.
+
+The following morning he set up his radio in the lifeboat and made his
+way to his cave. During his previous stay he had discovered a narrow
+ledge inside just above his head. Further investigation now showed
+that it would make an ideal couch and, moreover, a good place to lay
+in hiding in the event that he was closely pressed in any search that
+might be made.
+
+After a brief rest during the noon-day heat he made his way cautiously
+to the rock where he had always met Mary. He lay down alongside it and
+watched, but though he stayed there practically until sundown, he did
+not see a soul.
+
+It was with very downcast heart that he made his way back to his crude
+habitation. He was very worried about the safety of Mary more so
+because of his inability to do anything that would help her. If he had
+only caught a glimpse of her even without being able to speak to her,
+his mind would have been much easier. As it was, he was a prey to all
+kinds of grave doubts.
+
+He decided earlier in the day that it was practically useless to go
+back to the southern cove for at least three days, consequently he had
+to make daily trips to the rendezvous instead, in order to keep as
+close a watch over the pirate crew as possible and protect Mary, if
+necessary.
+
+The next day passed as had the preceding one, without a sight of Mary,
+although on this day Redmond had seen the crew of the pirate craft
+moving about at various tasks around the hut and upon the airplane.
+Again with heavy heart, and weary mind and body he gave up his
+monotonous vigil and went back to his cave.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THIRTY-FOUR
+
+
+On the fourth day Redmond woke up uneasily. He was tortured by a mental
+uneasiness such as oftentimes precedes events of great moment in life.
+He had the feeling of impending disaster and a gloomy mood cast its
+overshadowing mantle about him, penetrating not only his mind but also
+his body until it seemed to sap all his strength.
+
+He tried vainly to cast it from him, but his efforts were of no avail.
+Sluggishly and almost sullenly he forced himself forward and made his
+way to the meeting place. Once there, he threw himself down behind the
+rock and almost automatically peered out as cautiously as ever upon the
+beach below.
+
+What he saw immediately dispelled the shadows of gloom and galvanized
+him into alert attention. The entire piratical crew with Johnston in
+the lead was walking down to the airplane. In the rear were some of the
+Kanakas, carrying packages which he rightly guessed were supplies.
+
+He quickly surmised that they were about to make a flight, and he
+watched them with the keenest interest. It did not take long to
+transfer the load the Kanakas had carried into the airplane, and within
+a short time afterwards the machine taxied over the surface of the
+water and took off into the air.
+
+Redmond was well covered where he was, as the tropical vegetation was
+quite thick about the rock. His previous stay upon the island had
+proven that there was no prospect of his being seen from the air, even
+when the machine flew low over the island, which it rarely did. On this
+occasion it flew straight over sea, climbing rapidly as it went.
+
+Shortly after the Kanakas had returned to the hut Redmond’s heart leapt
+with joy, as he saw Mary emerge from the living house. She looked
+around a few moments and began to walk toward the rock. Redmond could
+scarcely restrain his impulsive desire to jump up and meet her. Only
+the realization of the utter folly of such a move restrained him. As
+she came within hearing distance, he called out:
+
+“Good morning, Miss Mary! I’ve been very worried about you. You don’t
+know how relieved I am.”
+
+She quickly took her place near him, but still in full view of the
+beach, pretending to be reading a book which she had purposely brought
+with her.
+
+“I am awfully glad to get here,” she said.
+
+Redmond paused a few moments, wondering what to say, but finally
+blurted out:
+
+“I’ve been imagining all kinds of terrible things, Mary, and reviling
+myself for having sent you back to that gang.”
+
+Suddenly he stopped short and reddened deeply, as he realized that he
+had called her familiarly for the first time in his life. She turned
+toward him as he spoke and noticed his evident embarrassment. She
+immediately divined the cause, but with true feminine wisdom passed it
+by pretending not to have noticed it.
+
+“I couldn’t get out before,” she said, “because they have been watching
+me all the time. Levanter is very ill. He is quite feverish, and at
+times has been a little delirious. He kept saying that the man Harrison
+had betrayed him and that I had helped him to do it. The rest of them
+couldn’t get any sense out of Levanter’s words but Johnston has become
+very suspicious. He has been pestering me with questions all the time
+he was not trying to get some sense out of Levanter. I’m sure that he
+is really mad. Last night he threatened me and kept bullying me, trying
+to find how Levanter was shot. At first he accused me of doing it but
+he doesn’t any more. Last night he told me he was determined to find
+out what was back of it all. He said he would go out in the airplane to
+see if any of the government ships were ‘snooping around.’ Those were
+the words he used. Really, I am afraid of him.”
+
+Redmond thought long and deeply. He was convinced that the time for
+action had arrived, but precipitate action might spoil all chance
+of safety. What should he do? If only the other cruiser were here
+they could both seize this opportunity and leave the island. He hated
+himself at the present thought of sending the girl he loved back to the
+pirate gang. The situation had already passed into the critical stage,
+and there was no telling what might happen when the crew arrived.
+Nor was there any doubt that the pirate crew would soon discover the
+cruiser which must be heading toward the island by this time, now that
+the pirates were in the air.
+
+Suddenly he made up his mind. Turning to the girl beside him, he said
+gravely:
+
+“Mary, I’m not going to let you go back there.”
+
+“But do you think that’s safe?” she inquired. “I’m not a bit afraid
+as long as I know you are on the island, Mr. Redmond. They would come
+after me surely, don’t you think, and you know your cruiser is not here
+yet.”
+
+“It’s a risk whatever we do,” he said, “and I prefer taking the risk
+which I can control best. You know I’m armed now, and we could fight
+them from cover if they came after us and located us. When they get
+back this time, there’s no telling what they’ll do. That gang of
+cut-throats would abandon Levanter readily enough if they figured it
+was necessary to save their own skins. They are just as likely to fly
+away tomorrow for good as not, and if they did they would probably take
+you along with them. I hate to think of it and I’m not going to take
+the chance. That man Johnston probably suspects that the government
+authorities know the island he is on now. I feel sure that’s why he
+went off in the airplane this morning.
+
+“Do you really think it’s best then that I go with you?” asked Mary.
+
+“Indeed I do,” replied Redmond, “and I think it best to get started
+right away.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THIRTY-FIVE
+
+
+It was late in the afternoon when Johnston, in a towering rage, brought
+the airplane down upon the waters of the harbor. He was convinced now
+that they had been betrayed in some way which he could not understand.
+During the lengthy flight which had been made at a very high altitude
+and which covered an enormous stretch of the Pacific, he had observed
+the cruiser New Orleans headed apparently toward the island. He had
+watched it carefully and noted that the course and speed of the ship
+were far too fast and straight for patrol duty. Moreover, he was
+confirmed in his suspicion that her present course would take her
+straight to Patrocinio.
+
+It was until late in the day that he had first seen the ship. The
+flight had first been in an easterly direction. In the course of it
+several steamers had been observed but no particular attention was
+paid to them. The New Orleans, however, was traversing such an unusual
+course that she was distinctly conspicuous.
+
+As soon as the airplane had been made fast, Johnston ordered the crew
+ashore.
+
+“You guys had better stick around here. You’ve got to do some mighty
+snappy work pretty soon, I’m telling you,” he exclaimed.
+
+He strode over to the huts and rushed into Levanter’s room. Seeing that
+the latter was awake and ignoring his condition, he asked roughly:
+
+“Where’s that woman?”
+
+Levanter was very weak with pain and very feverish. He turned wearily
+on his pillow and replied:
+
+“I don’t know. I haven’t seen her today.”
+
+“You’ve got us in a hell of a mess!” exclaimed Johnston. “I told you it
+was a damn fool trick to bring her here, but you would have your way.
+Now look at us.”
+
+“What’s the matter?” inquired Levanter.
+
+“Matter, hell! I can tell you what’s the matter when you tell me who
+shot you.”
+
+“I don’t know that either.”
+
+“That’s what you’ve told me. There’s something to be real worried
+about. Looks as though we’ll have to make a quick getaway from here.
+There’s one of them damn government boats coming right here, and take
+it from me there’s someone on this blasted island besides us, and I’m
+going to find out who it is right now, and what’s more, your little
+lady friend is going along with me to find ’em. If I’m right and they
+get gay with their guns, they can take a chance of hitting her too.”
+
+Without waiting for any further reply from his chief, Johnston went
+over to Mary’s room, grasped the knob and pushed the door open, crying
+out as he did so:
+
+“Hey! young lady, come out here, I want to talk to you.”
+
+Getting no response, he walked in. A quick but thorough search
+convinced him that she was not inside. He then went out and, getting
+the crew together, ordered them to make a search for her and bring her
+to him as quickly as they could find her.
+
+They scattered about to different parts around the shore of the harbor
+where Mary had been in the habit of going. While they were thus engaged
+Johnston went into the workshop, grabbed hold of the chief Kanaka and
+put him through a heavy fire of questions about the movements of Mary
+while he had been away on his flight.
+
+The questioning was fruitless, and Johnston finally gave it up in
+disgust. He went out and waited for his men to return. It was getting
+close to sundown, and that fact added to his anger, as he realized that
+he could do nothing after dark.
+
+After a while all of the men returned, each bringing the same report
+they had found no trace of the girl. Johnston strode up and down for a
+few moments, swearing viciously while the men stood meekly by. Finally
+he turned to them and said:
+
+“Fix up everything on the ship. We’ve got to get out of here in a hell
+of a hurry, and I want to have everything right. Get me?”
+
+They did his bidding without question. As he watched he tried to work
+out some plan of escaping the unwelcome situation. The disappearance of
+Mary did not perplex him at all. Although he had not expected it, the
+fact that she wasn’t around confirmed the guess he had made during the
+flight that some one else was on the island. Why he had come to that
+conclusion, he did not know; but once it entered his mind, he accepted
+it as the most logical means of explaining Levanter’s wound.
+
+How many strangers there were on the island, and how they got there, he
+did not even bother to speculate upon. He just naturally accepted the
+belief that Harrison in some way or other had betrayed them.
+
+As soon as the men had completed the work of putting fuel and
+provisions aboard the airplane, he ordered them to place the most
+valuable and most easily removable loot gathered from the three
+airships shot down by the pirate in the airplane. This done, he said:
+
+“Beat it, and get something to eat quick. When you’re through bring
+your guns out with you. We may need ’em. You’ve got a bunch of work to
+do tonight.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THIRTY-SIX
+
+
+No sooner had Redmond made up his mind to take Mary Ingleton with him
+than they both set out for the other side of the island. It was the
+first time she had been beyond the rock which had always been their
+meeting place. When they came to the cave in the center of the island
+they took a short rest, and Redmond showed her the place where he had
+lived so long. They soon started out again, but the progress was very
+slow, as Mary was not used to the rough going, and he had to assist her
+quite frequently.
+
+She was quite tired out by the time they reached the southern cove.
+Redmond got some blankets, which were stowed away in the boat, and laid
+them out, so that she could lie down and rest awhile. He then went out
+and plucked some of the tropical fruit and brought it to her, as well
+as a beaker full of water from the nearby stream. She took the food
+gratefully, and, after eating, fell into a light sleep.
+
+In the meantime Redmond brought out his portable wireless set and
+carried it over to the rock where it would be in readiness for use
+as soon as darkness set in. He also took out the spare gun he had
+brought in the boat and laid it alongside Mary for her use in case of
+emergency. His own gun he carried slung across his shoulder all the
+time, and in addition had a revolver in the holster strapped to his
+waist.
+
+These preparations served to keep his mind away from the worrying
+thoughts regarding the wisdom of his present move. Once the tasks were
+completed, however, they came back to torture him. He sat down beside
+Mary, slipped the rifle from his shoulder and let it drop between his
+hands where it would be ready for instant use. With every sense keenly
+alert, his ears were strained for any unusual sound that might come
+from the part of the island they had just left.
+
+Thus he watched and waited but nothing happened.
+
+As the sun began to race toward the Western horizon he gently awoke the
+sleeping girl beside him.
+
+“It will be dark soon, Mary,” he said, “and we’ll have to be very
+careful then. I’m going to start calling on the wireless as soon as the
+sun goes down, and I want you to be on the watch for the gang while I
+do it.”
+
+Mary was fully refreshed from her sleep and was in buoyant spirits.
+
+“It’s all awfully exciting,” she said, with a little laugh. “You would
+scarcely believe it, but I feel really happy for the first time since
+I have been on this wretched island.”
+
+Redmond’s heart beat rapidly and he turned quick toward her. What did
+those fateful words really mean? With difficulty he restrained his
+impulse to grasp her within his arms and tell her of the love which he
+felt for her. His calmer judgement intervened before he could execute
+the dictates of his heart.
+
+“I’m very glad,” was all he could say, and even that escaped his lips
+in the most incoherent manner.
+
+He then went over to the rock where he had left his portable radio
+set. Taking it up over his shoulders, he began to send out the general
+call which had been agreed upon when the Farragut’s crew had passed
+him ashore, listening now and then for a possible reply. Carefully and
+slowly he searched in every direction with the reflectors as he worked.
+
+It was a monotonous task and one which required the utmost
+concentration--a task to try the patience of even the most persistent
+man. Redmond was made of the stuff that knows no defeat. He vigorously
+quashed the desire which naturally sprang up within his mind to drop
+his efforts because of their futility and applied himself still more
+earnestly to the task before him.
+
+For two hours he kept it up, his low toned, oft repeated, “Hello.
+Check” the code call agreed upon becoming more and more wearisome as
+the time passed on. Ever and anon he would pause and peer through the
+darkness toward the dimly outlined figure of the girl who was keeping
+watch over the northern approaches to the little cove.
+
+She was sitting up alongside the rock, resting against it, but in such
+position that he could clearly see her outlined figure. The night was
+dark, in spite of the stars studding the heavens.
+
+Thus passed the early part of the evening, and lapsed into the second
+watch of the night when suddenly there came an abrupt halt in the
+monotonous call of Redmond’s oft repeated, “Hello. Check.”
+
+Rapidly he made a few delicate adjustments on the set about his
+shoulders and, holding his mouth a little closer to the microphone in
+his hand, said:
+
+“Hello! What ship is that?”
+
+This break in the monotony aroused Mary from the stupor which had been
+enveloping her gradually, and she involuntarily straightened up, keenly
+alert. Her first impulse was to inquire what had happened, but she
+quickly suppressed it and waited patiently.
+
+“Where are you now?” was the next question Redmond asked over his
+’phone.
+
+He had picked up the long expected relief ship and learned that it was
+the “New Orleans,” and to his great joy had also been told that Captain
+Moore of the “Farragut” was in command.
+
+“Wait a moment and I’ll find out,” came the response from the operator
+on the war-vessel.
+
+Redmond took advantage of their brief respite to turn to Mary and tell
+her the gladsome news. She was so excited that she made a few steps
+toward him, but he cautioned her to remain and listen as attentively as
+the wireless conversation would allow for any intruder.
+
+A few seconds later the voice came back in the receivers upon his ears:
+
+“The Captain says we are about fifty miles SSE of you right now.”
+
+“Fine!” replied Redmond. “Tell him I have got a chart of the mine
+positions around the island, and he can come up within eight miles of
+the cove, but no closer. A small launch can be used for the landing.
+Tell him I’ve got Miss Ingleton here at the cove, and it is imperative
+that she be taken off tonight. The pirates are hunting us now.”
+
+The operator acknowledged the message and after a pause came back on
+his transmitter and said:
+
+“Captain says he is putting on full steam and will have a boat there in
+two hours from now.”
+
+With a sigh of relief Redmond unstrapped the apparatus and laid it
+carefully upon the rock, so that it was still pointing in the same
+direction as it was when he had been conversing with the operator of
+the “New Orleans.”
+
+He then went over to the place where his companion was sitting.
+
+“I’ve got some great news for you, Mary,” he said as he looked at
+her intently in the darkness. While he could not see her features, he
+could, by that inexplicable means which sometimes permits us to divine
+another’s thoughts, tell what her feelings were. He continued before
+she could speak.
+
+“I hope you won’t mind my calling you Mary. I’ve just picked up the
+other cruiser. It will be here in two hours, and they are going to take
+you right off the island tonight.”
+
+Mary’s heart was too full for words. The moment she had been praying
+for and hoping for and looking forward to for months had at last
+arrived. Soon she would be on her way back to her parents. The
+possibility overwhelmed her and left her momentarily speechless.
+
+Redmond misinterpreted her silence and blurted out:
+
+“Really, Miss Mary, I’m sorry, but--er--”
+
+His floundering brought her back to realities and she rapidly
+intervened.
+
+“Oh, dear, there’s nothing to apologize for. You are splendid. I don’t
+know how I shall ever be able to thank you for all that you have done
+for me. I’ve been waiting for this moment a long time, but it came so
+suddenly that I did not know just what to say. Really I can’t believe
+it even now. It all seems like a dream,--too good to be true.”
+
+“Then you are not angry with me?” asked Redmond with relief.
+
+“Of course not, Howard,--how could I be?” she replied with a
+coquettish laugh.
+
+It was the first time she had ever used his name and it electrified him.
+
+“Mary,” he exclaimed impulsively and stopped abruptly.
+
+She waited for a few moments, then said simply:
+
+“Well, Howard?”
+
+“I was just going to say that it will seem like a long time before the
+boat gets here,” he replied lamely.
+
+“Oh!” she ejaculated.
+
+There was something in that simple sound which so clearly expressed
+disappointment, that it aroused all the conflicting emotions he had
+been prey to ever since he realized his love for her. Again he felt
+those alternate doubts and hopes which confounded his otherwise
+decisive nature and robbed him of the power to speak his mind
+unhesitatingly. He was too afraid of a refusal, and rather than risk
+it, he chose to remain quiet.
+
+Mary intuitively had long since guessed his secret, and she fully
+realized the cause of his embarrassment. Somehow the happiness she
+experienced when the realization of her hope of escape from the pirate
+came was not an altogether unalloyed feeling. There was a new and
+strange element in it, and in her heart she knew what it was. For
+several seconds both were lost in deep thought.
+
+Mary finally broke the silence by asking him:
+
+“What are you going to do when we get on the cruiser?”
+
+“I’m coming back here,” he replied.
+
+“But what for?” queried Mary in alarm.
+
+“Well,” he said slowly, “I’m going to stick around ’till we’ve settled
+with this outfit. Besides, the government people have asked me to do
+it, and I can’t refuse them. Anyway I don’t want to be a quitter, and
+it will be a great pleasure to see the finish of this gang.”
+
+She did not reply. What he said however, instilled within her a fear
+which she had never before experienced, a fear over another’s safety.
+She wanted to urge him not to return to the island, but hesitation and
+a certain delicate inhibition prevented her from doing that.
+
+Neither spoke for the next half hour each being far too engrossed with
+his own thoughts to indulge in conversation.
+
+Redmond kept automatically sweeping the blackness of the night in all
+directions seaward in continuous and trained observation. Suddenly he
+exclaimed:
+
+“I can see a light. It must be the cruiser.”
+
+“Where?” she asked.
+
+“Look straight along my finger and you will see it,” he replied,
+holding out his arm and pointing his finger toward the faint pin-point
+of light in the distance.
+
+“Oh! yes, I see it,” she exclaimed joyfully. “Oh, dear! It’s just too
+wonderful for words.”
+
+Redmond got up. “I’m going to speak to him,” he said. He then walked
+over to the place where he had left his wireless apparatus. He let it
+lay open upon the rock, merely picking up the microphone and switching
+on the current.
+
+“Hello! ‘New Orleans,’” he called.
+
+The answer came immediately, then he continued:
+
+“We can see your lights now. When do you expect to send a boat?”
+
+There was a short pause, and the operator came back:
+
+“Captain says he will come to you in ten minutes and put out a launch
+right away. He’s not going to take any chances of coming any closer
+tonight.”
+
+“All right,” responded Redmond. “We’ll be waiting for you. I’m going to
+turn this off now.”
+
+He then went back to his companion and told her the news.
+
+“You might as well come over to the rock now, Mary, so we’ll be ready
+when the boat gets here.”
+
+She assented, and he assisted her over the difficult ground in the
+darkness. Then they both sat down.
+
+Fifteen minutes later they heard the smooth toned exhaust of the
+power launch as it plowed its way through the water toward them, and
+shortly afterwards they were both outlined vividly in the rays of the
+searchlight which was suddenly thrown on by the oncoming boat.
+
+“Thank God!” he said fervently. “You are safe at last, Mary.”
+
+It did not take long for the launch to pull up alongside the rock.
+The maneuvre was greatly assisted by the illuminating rays of the
+searchlight. A couple of sailors held it fast to the rock by means of
+boat-hooks, and an officer sprang ashore.
+
+“Good evening,” he said, then added after bowing: “My name is Lockwood.”
+
+“This is Miss Ingleton,” replied Redmond, who then introduced himself
+and continued: “I think we had better push off right away, Lieutenant.
+There’s no telling how soon that pirate gang will be after us.”
+
+They both assisted Mary into the launch, and Lockwood gave the order to
+let go. The words had scarcely left his mouth when a shot rang out from
+the foliage fringing the cove.
+
+“Douse that light,” yelled Lockwood as he rang the engine bell for full
+speed ahead.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THIRTY-SEVEN
+
+
+The run to the cruiser was quickly made by the launch with no
+casualties, despite the sudden appearance of the pirates at the cove.
+
+“By George! That was a close shave,” exclaimed Lockwood. “If we’d been
+a few minutes later some one would have been hurt for sure. They would
+certainly have hit one of us with that searchlight on.”
+
+As soon as they got aboard they went into Captain Moore’s cabin. The
+captain greeted Mary effusively and congratulated her on her fortunate
+rescue. Mary briefly acknowledged his solicitations and then asked
+anxiously:
+
+“How was my mother when you left Honolulu, Captain?”
+
+Redmond was standing back of her, and he put up a warning finger to his
+lips, which the captain fortunately saw in time.
+
+“I am afraid, Miss Ingleton,” he replied cautiously, “that she is not
+so well.”
+
+While on the island she had often asked Redmond about her mother, but
+he assured as best he could and always adroitly changed the subject
+before she could question him further.
+
+On this occasion Mary tried to press the captain for more details, but
+he told her that he had not been given any direct information. He also
+studiously refrained from mentioning anything about her father. Seeing
+that she could get no further information, Mary asked disappointedly:
+
+“How soon can we get back to Honolulu then, captain?”
+
+“Really I can’t hold out any hope for you there either, Miss Ingleton.
+I’ve just got a code message from the Navy Department in Washington
+with instructions to wait here until further orders are received. I
+had planned to take you back right away, but this order came in just
+a few minutes ago, and I will be compelled to obey it. I don’t know
+just what’s going to happen, but I am going to drop out of sight of the
+island for the remainder of the night and come back after sun-up. We’ve
+got a cabin all fixed for you, Miss Ingleton, and I hope you will find
+everything all right. We shall do everything we possibly can to make
+you comfortable.”
+
+Mary felt keenly disappointed, but did not express it. After a short
+conversation she retired to her room, tired out after the strenuous and
+exciting day she had experienced. After she had gone Redmond said:
+
+“I’m glad you didn’t say anything, Captain, that would have indicated
+she had lost her mother. She’s been through a terrible ordeal, and I’m
+afraid the shock of the news would be too much for her. We’ll have to
+break it to her gradually after she has had a long rest.”
+
+Then, changing the subject, he gave the captain an outline of what had
+occurred since they had last seen each other.
+
+“You say the pirate is in very bad condition,” remarked Captain Moore.
+“Well, that changes the situation completely. It seems to me this would
+be a good time to land and go after him.”
+
+“Well, I don’t know,” replied Redmond. “I hadn’t thought of it.”
+
+“By George! It looks to me like the right thing to do, especially as we
+know just what the situation around the island is now that we have his
+mine chart. I’ll advise Honolulu by code through wireless and see what
+they have to say about it.”
+
+Having made up his mind on this point, the captain worked out the
+necessary code words and then sent the message in to the wireless
+operator with instructions to dispatch it immediately. This done, he
+turned to Redmond and said:
+
+“The chances are that Honolulu will refer the matter to Washington
+before replying to me, but if they happen to agree with me on the
+advisability of landing now, would you be willing to go along and guide
+the landing party?”
+
+“Why of course, I would,” replied Redmond.
+
+“Well, that’s fine. I don’t know whether that gang is still hanging
+around this side of the island or not, but we can cover your landing
+with our light guns. That will hold them back until you get ashore and
+under cover.”
+
+“I don’t think they’ll stick around here,” said Redmond. “They’re more
+likely to go back and be ready to make a getaway in the airplane, take
+a chance on landing somewhere without being seen, and then get back
+to civilization without being caught. That’s the way I figure it out,
+although, of course, you can’t tell just what they will do.”
+
+Captain Moore called in his executive officer, and for the next hour
+all three went over every possible detail in the event that a landing
+would be decided upon. Redmond produced the rough chart of the island
+he had drawn during his first stay on it, and he pointed out to the two
+officers the more important aspects of its topography. They had just
+about completed their preliminary plans when an orderly entered the
+room with a message for Captain Moore. The latter took it, tore it open
+and hurriedly scanned its contents.
+
+“It’s in code!” he exclaimed. “Wait a moment ’till I decode it. It’s
+the answer from Honolulu.”
+
+The others waited almost breathlessly while the captain performed the
+task of translation. This done, he turned to them and read:
+
+“Concur in landing proposal. Important reinforcements will reach you at
+daybreak.”
+
+He paused for a moment, then continued:
+
+“Well, we couldn’t wish for anything better than that. It looks like
+the beginning of the end to me now.”
+
+“I wonder what the reinforcements will be?” said Redmond.
+
+“I haven’t the faintest idea,” answered Captain Moore. “We’ll see soon
+enough in the morning. Is everything satisfactory as we have planned
+it?”
+
+“Yes.”
+
+“All right then, I’ll steam up at daybreak and be ready to put you
+ashore with a party and cover your landing if necessary.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THIRTY-EIGHT
+
+
+On the following morning when the sun burst over the eastern horizon
+with the sudden blaze of tropical brilliance the cruiser “New Orleans”
+was already within a few miles of Patrocinio’s southern shore. The
+landing party was standing by fully armed, ready to board the launches
+which were already in the water alongside the cruiser.
+
+On the bridge Captain Moore and the navigating officer were scanning
+the island through their marine glasses for any sign of the pirates.
+
+As soon as Redmond came up on the deck the order to move was given and
+the men filed down the accommodation ladder into the boats. When this
+task had been completed the boats cast off.
+
+Each of the launches was equipped with a one pounder quick fire gun in
+its bows, each of these manned by a gunner. On the cruiser the guncrews
+were standing by the six inch rifles ready to shell the island in case
+an attack was made upon the boats during their passage to the landing
+place.
+
+As the boats left the cruiser Lieutenant Lockwood, who had been placed
+in command of the landing party, turned to Redmond and said:
+
+“Do you think that outfit is still on this side of the island?”
+
+“Well, of course I can’t say,” replied Redmond, “but my guess is that
+they are not. I think they withdrew to the other side.”
+
+“Well, we’ll soon find out,” said Lockwood with a laugh.
+
+The run to the beach was quickly made, and a landing affected without
+any untoward event. Lockwood got his men lined up and was about to
+give the order to advance when a terrific explosion seaward halted him
+abruptly.
+
+“My God what was that?” he exclaimed as he, in unison with the rest,
+turned and looked south. One quick glance revealed the cause.
+
+Flying moderately low, the pirate airplane was sweeping around the
+cruiser in rapid vicious circles in a maneuvre of attack. The “New
+Orleans” was already under way, gathering headway very fast and
+zigzaging on her course.
+
+As the men ashore watched with pent up excitement they saw a flash as
+the cruiser opened up with its anti-aircraft guns a vigorous cannonade
+upon the pirate. It was clear that the latter was maneuvring for the
+best position to bomb the cruiser, and the explosion which had been
+heard ashore was undoubtedly caused by the first bomb dropped to find
+the range. It had not apparently come close enough to do any damage.
+
+The effect of the rapid fire from the “New Orleans” was quickly
+evidenced by the higher altitude which the pirate climbed to.
+
+“Gee!” exclaimed Lockwood, “that’s great shooting. The higher they
+force him the less chance he has to hit ’em. Go to it boys!” he cried
+excitedly.
+
+For the moment all caution and discipline disappeared, and the men
+crowded around their officer to watch the unusual skirmish, shouting
+unheard words of encouragement to their distant shipmates.
+
+It was not long before the second bomb fell. It hit the water with
+a resounding explosion, sending up a mountainous wave which blotted
+out the cruiser from the watchers ashore who strained their utmost to
+follow the effect. By this time the cruiser was close to the horizon,
+and it was difficult indeed to see it.
+
+“Good God! That was close,” exclaimed Lockwood anxiously. A few seconds
+later he sighed with relief as he saw the cruiser emerge from the
+obscuring but diminishing wave.
+
+The whole thing had only occupied a few seconds but it seemed like an
+eternity to those ashore. Throughout the suspense there had been a ray
+of comfort for them in the continuous cracking reports which told them
+that the aerial guns of the war-vessel were still going.
+
+Suddenly there was a lull in the sound of the firing. Instinctively
+all ashore looked up, and in the sky above the distant horizon they
+could dimly see a number of specks about the pirate aircraft which
+by this time was barely visible. Pretty soon there came to them the
+staccato roar of machine gun fire.
+
+“Hurrah!” shouted the men in glee, while Lockwood added joyously:
+“There are the reinforcements. It’s a squadron of our airplanes.
+Captain Moore’s quit firing because he doesn’t want to hit any of our
+fellows. That’s it sure.”
+
+Redmond was not so jubilant. In fact he was greatly worried because in
+his mind there surged the memory of the last aerial battle between the
+pirate and the government aircraft. He immediately realized that unless
+the latter were much better equipped now, they did not stand a chance,
+despite their superior numbers.
+
+The battle was being fought at terrific speed, and Johnston was
+evidently using every maneuvre he could execute in fighting the
+squadron. The changing tactics brought the contending machine nearer to
+the island.
+
+At this point Redmond observed that the government pilots were not
+flying in squadron formation. Instead they were spread out widely and
+were at different altitudes, with at least five hundred feet separating
+any two of them. He rightly guessed that this tactic was being followed
+as a result of the experience gained in the previous encounter with the
+pirate.
+
+At every opportunity each of the government ships fired a burst of
+tracer bullets at the pirate, who was maneuvring his plane with great
+skill, but Redmond’s expert eye quickly saw that Johnston, good as he
+undoubtedly was, could not compare with Levanter, and he realized that
+in this equality alone lay the greatest opportunity for the government
+craft.
+
+The pirate gunner was fighting back vigorously whenever a chance
+occurred. He too was using his machine gun for all it was worth. By
+this time the fight was directly over the beach on which the landing
+party was standing. Every man had his neck craned, watching intently,
+almost breathlessly.
+
+Suddenly the leading government plane shot straight across the nose of
+the pirate machine, level with it, and released a burst of fire which
+raked the pirate at short range and apparently damaged his starboard
+propeller.
+
+Undaunted the pirate let loose with his three inch gun, loaded with
+one of the deadly liquid oxygen shells. It caught the government ship
+squarely. A violent flash of flame broke out momentarily like a jewel
+in the daylight, and what was left of the government craft plunged like
+a plummet into the ocean, a hundred yards from the beach. The first
+blood was with the pirate.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THIRTY-NINE
+
+
+The momentary victory of the pirate was dearly bought. He was no longer
+maneuvring as easily as he had been doing. His craft had become very
+sluggish on the turns and was making them only with great difficulty,
+while the uneven whir of his propellers emphasized the trouble he was
+experiencing. The government forces quickly observed this and began to
+close in on it steadily, but somewhat cautiously.
+
+Johnston, realizing the turn in favor of his enemies, began to climb,
+but his ship was no longer superior to the government craft in this
+respect, and they easily maintained their advantage by keeping well
+above him.
+
+Throughout these tactics the antagonists kept up a desultory fire with
+their machine guns, but no material damage was effected on either side.
+The latest maneuvre had taken both forces to a considerable altitude,
+and the men ashore had some difficulty in following the progress of the
+battle against the brilliant sky.
+
+For some time the fight continued in this manner without decisive
+action. Redmond was feeling easier because he realized now that the
+odds which were in favor of the pirate at the beginning of the battle
+had been neutralized by the heroic action of the pilot who sacrificed
+himself by deliberately running his ship across the pirate’s nose to
+fire upon him at close range.
+
+Redmond looked seaward. The cruiser “New Orleans” had steamed in again
+and was moving around at high speed on an uneven course. He turned his
+gaze upward again, and as he did so an exclamation of surprise escaped
+his lips.
+
+All of the aerial craft were lower, but one of the government ships was
+directly above and very close to the pirate, traveling at the same rate
+of speed while the others were concentrating a burst of fire upon the
+outlaw plane.
+
+Suddenly a small black object fell from the particular government ship
+which was in such excellent position above the pirate. A blinding flash
+burst where the latter had been, followed by a thunderous crash which
+shook even those upon the ground by the intensity of its concussion.
+
+A gasp of awe escaped them as they watched intently. Rapidly the flash
+merged into the sunlight, and out of it there fell a few blackened
+remnants of what had been the aerial scourge of the Pacific. Straight
+into the sea the wreckage plunged.
+
+The pirate was conquered at last!
+
+The suddenness of the ending left them spell-bound. As they watched
+they saw the ship which had struck the deathblow of the pirate
+spiralling down unevenly like a wounded bird, evidently in serious
+distress. The other machines were also descending.
+
+“Good God!” was all that Lockwood could say, but his expression clearly
+indicated the relief he felt.
+
+For several seconds they stood in amazed silence until all of the
+aircraft had descended upon the heaving surface of the ocean. By
+remarkable skill the pilot of the injured ship had succeeded in
+landing, pulling his craft out of its spin at the crucial moment, but
+it was indeed the roughest kind of a landing.
+
+The other machines with their wings retracted taxied over to him as
+rapidly as they could go. They were none too soon, for by the time they
+reached him the damaged airplane, badly waterlogged, was being pounded
+by the heavy swell which surged over it. With great difficulty they
+succeeded in rescuing its crew just before the airplane disappeared
+below the waves.
+
+While the rescue was being effected the cruiser steamed up to the
+scene, and the rest of the squadron went alongside her.
+
+It was quite some time before Lieutenant Lockwood recovered from the
+amazement which had left him enthralled during the thrilling encounter
+in the skies. Moreover, he found it very difficult to realize that the
+pirate machine had been completely destroyed and its crew annihilated.
+After he had come back to realities he stood for a few minutes
+irresolute, then turning toward Redmond, he ejaculated:
+
+“I wonder what we’d better do now?”
+
+Before the latter could reply one of the landing party cried out:
+
+“The cruiser’s signalling us, sir.”
+
+All hands watched the semaphore arms above the bridge of the war-vessel
+as they moved up and down rapidly forming the words of the message.
+
+Lockwood who had read it said:
+
+“He’s instructing us to proceed across the island at once. The
+cruiser’s going to steam around. Let’s go.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER FORTY
+
+
+Upon the “New Orleans” a most distressing incident was being enacted as
+the cruiser proceeded around the eastern side of Patrocinio Island. The
+commander of the squadron which had downed the pirate was none other
+than Kenneth Fitzgerald, and he it was who had dropped the chemical
+bomb which destroyed the outlaw. He was now lying unconscious on a
+hastily prepared cot aboard the warship in serious condition, with the
+ship’s surgeon in attendance.
+
+So close had he been to the pirate when the fatal bomb was released
+that the repercussion had damaged his ship and stricken him seriously
+by the full force of the concussion. By a supreme effort of will he had
+summoned sufficient strength to guide his gyrating craft to a landing
+and had collapsed completely.
+
+His rescue under the existing conditions had been nothing short of
+miraculous, and only through the quick work of the rest of the squadron
+was it effected. They had performed the almost impossible in getting
+him from the waterlogged machine through the heavy swell.
+
+Mary Ingleton was at his side doing what little she could to assist
+the surgeon’s efforts to revive him. She was in a highly nervous
+state, following the excitement of the recent battle, but the serious
+condition of Fitzgerald alarmed her and had a steadying effect upon her.
+
+In the meantime Eric Brant, the second in command of the squadron, was
+giving Captain Moore an account of the details which led up to the
+aerial battle.
+
+“At the time Captain Simmons was leaving Honolulu with the ‘New
+Orleans,’” he said, “we were undergoing special secret instructions
+with a new type of bomb which had just arrived from Washington.
+
+“We were told that the experts in the Chemical Corps had succeeded in
+duplicating the bombs manufactured by the pirate and, after further
+work, had improved on them. Ours are fitted with a safety device which,
+in the event of accident to one of our machines, automatically releases
+the liquid gas without explosive effect.
+
+“They are mounted on a special rack which has a release trigger that
+sets a detonating cap on the bomb as it falls, so that it will explode
+on hitting. The instructors told us that these bombs would practically
+wipe out anything they struck.
+
+“Mr. Fitzgerald was placed in command, and practically all of us had
+been in the first fight with the pirate, so we knew just what we had to
+expect from him.
+
+“We all talked it over and we devised a new plan of attack, which we
+practiced every day in the air while we were awaiting instruction
+to move against him. In the first we were not able to attack him
+vigorously because we were in each other’s way to a great extent. Our
+new plan was designed to overcome this, and we practiced so as to be
+in a position where we could all attack simultaneously without fear of
+hitting each other.
+
+“The most important part of our plan was to keep the pirate engaged
+while one of the machines maneuvred to get directly over him, so that
+the bomb could be dropped with a fair chance of hitting him squarely.
+
+“We realized that our only chance to put an end to him was with one
+of these bombs. Our machine gun fire was therefore planned to keep
+him engaged so as to permit the main attacking machine to get into
+position, ready to drop the bomb at the first opportunity.
+
+“Our original instructions were to be ready to proceed on order, and
+a supply ship was to follow up as rapidly as possible after we left.
+We got the order sooner than we expected. It came hurriedly after
+receipt of your wireless. We were told to proceed to the southern side
+of the island and assist you. We were very surprised to see the pirate
+attacking you, as we had not expected to encounter him so soon.
+
+“It put us in a very bad position as we were pretty nearly out of fuel
+after our long flight. If the scrap had lasted much longer he would
+have got us all for certain.
+
+“I imagine that’s the reason Mr. Fitzgerald took such a terrible
+chance, so as not to miss his mark. He was too close when he dropped
+the bomb, and the shock damaged his ship. We were mighty lucky in being
+able to get him out of the water, and he did a fine piece of work in
+landing his ship under the circumstances.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER FORTY-ONE
+
+
+As soon as he had received the instructions to proceed across the
+island from the cruiser Lieutenant Lockwood lined up his men and gave
+the order to advance. He took a position ahead of them, Redmond walking
+alongside him, leading the way through the jungle. By noon the party
+had reached the cave in the center of the island, and a halt was made
+to eat and rest during the heat of the day.
+
+At three o’clock in the afternoon a fresh start was made, and an hour’s
+brisk march brought the party to the rock where Redmond had so often
+met Mary Ingleton.
+
+The New Orleans was already lying off the entrance to the harbor
+outside the mine belt which the pirate had laid down as a protection
+for himself. Otherwise everything bore a normal appearance to Redmond.
+The familiar wisp of blue smoke curling up idly from the workshop
+chimney told him the Kanakas were busily engaged in their regular jobs.
+
+“Do you think we’ll have any trouble with them?” Lockwood asked Redmond.
+
+“I don’t think so,” replied the latter.
+
+At this moment one of the men exclaimed:
+
+“There’s a boat coming in from the ship, sir.”
+
+“Well, I guess we’ll go down and meet it,” said Lockwood. He gave an
+order to the chief petty officer to remain with the landing party until
+he returned. He then set off with Redmond for the beach.
+
+By the time they arrived there the boat was already tied up to the
+old mooring ring of the pirate’s airplane, and two officers had come
+ashore. One of them was the ship’s surgeon.
+
+“I came along,” he told Lockwood, as soon as they caught up with one
+another, “to see what condition Levanter is in. If he can be moved, the
+captain’s instructions are to bring him aboard immediately.”
+
+“Well! We might as well get over there right away,” remarked Lockwood
+who then signalled to his men to join him. As soon as they came up he
+instructed them to seize the workshop and bring the Kanakas out.
+
+While the landing party was engaged in this task the three officers and
+Redmond entered Levanter’s room in the living hut.
+
+As they entered Redmond halted abruptly and an involuntary gasp of
+astonishment escaped his lips. Levanter was lying on his cot, and the
+Kanaka chief was alongside him. The pirate’s features had visibly
+shrunk and his skin was tightly drawn across his hollowed cheeks. His
+eyes stood out, uncanny and piercing, while the flush of fever which
+suffused his cheeks gave him an unnatural appearance.
+
+He started in surprise as he saw the strangers enter his room. With an
+effort he raised his weakened body upon his elbows and then exclaimed:
+
+“Who are you? How did you get here?”
+
+Redmond went over to his bedside.
+
+“I’m the man who shot you,” he said. “You have never seen me before,
+but I’ve been on your island for weeks. We are here now because you
+have come to the end of your rope.”
+
+The pirate sank back upon his pillow. For several moments he remained
+motionless. Finally he asked:
+
+“Where is my ship?”
+
+“It’s lying on the bottom of the ocean,” replied Redmond.
+
+“What happened to Johnston and my crew, then?”
+
+“They are lying there with it. If it’s any satisfaction to you, they
+died fighting.”
+
+Levanter raised himself again, his eyes flashing with hate.
+
+“Damn you!” he snapped. “If I’d been there you wouldn’t have had a
+chance.”
+
+“That’s just where you are wrong,” said Redmond coolly. “The government
+beat you at your own game.”
+
+At this moment the surgeon stepped forward and pushed Redmond back. He
+saw how critical the pirate’s condition was, and was anxious to put
+an end to the altercation which was rapidly causing the injured man’s
+temperature to rise dangerously.
+
+“Lie down,” he commanded.
+
+“What are you going to do with me?” enquired Levanter as he obeyed.
+
+“I’m going to find out what’s the matter with you,” replied the surgeon
+who, after taking the pirate’s temperature and pulse, examined the
+injured leg. He then dressed the wound as carefully as he could with
+the limited facilities at his disposal. As soon as this task was
+completed he went over to his two companions.
+
+“We’ll have to get back to the ship as rapidly as possible and put him
+in the sick bay. It’s a dangerous job. The shock will probably kill
+him, but it’s our only chance to save him. He’ll die quick enough if
+he’s left here.”
+
+“I didn’t know he was as badly as that,” said Redmond.
+
+“He’s in pretty bad shape,” added the surgeon. “We’ve got to amputate
+that leg, and there’s no time to lose. In fact, I think it’s too late
+now.”
+
+Without further ado Lockwood went out. The landing party had already
+marshalled the Kanakas together outside the huts and was standing by
+awaiting further instructions.
+
+Lockwood called two of his men over to him and ordered them to carry
+the pirate on the stretcher into the launch. He then instructed the
+others to wait with the Kanakas until a boat could be sent over from
+the warship to transfer the wounded pirate.
+
+The two men quickly lifted the latter on the stretcher and then carried
+him down to the landing place where the three officers assisted in
+placing him aboard.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER FORTY-TWO
+
+
+As soon as the launch came up alongside the cruiser “New Orleans” it
+was fastened to the block and tackle of its davit and hoisted up until
+it was level with the main deck. When this had been done it was pulled
+inboard, and from this position the wounded pirate was lifted out under
+the supervision of the surgeon and carried down to the ship’s hospital.
+
+Redmond and the two officers had previously got off the launch and had
+gone up the accommodation ladder. Captain Moore was on deck to meet
+them.
+
+“Well, I guess our job’s done, captain,” said Redmond.
+
+“Yes,” replied the commander. “We were very lucky in many ways,
+especially in the fortunate arrival of our airplane squadron. The
+government owes you a great deal, though. If it hadn’t been for your
+splendid work, the pirate would have still been operating.”
+
+Redmond flushed under the praise, stuttered a moment and changing the
+embarrassing subject, said:
+
+“How is the pilot of the ship which we brought down?”
+
+“Ah! there’s where we were unlucky,” replied Captain Moore. “That pilot
+was the commander of the squadron, and he’s in very bad shape suffering
+from shock.”
+
+“I’m sorry to hear that indeed. He certainly had his nerve attacking
+the way he did. Who is he?”
+
+“Commander Fitzgerald.”
+
+“What!” exclaimed Redmond in astonishment.
+
+The captain looked at him, surprised at the manner in which he spoke.
+“Why, do you know him?” he asked.
+
+“Yes,” said Redmond sharply.
+
+“Well he’s on the quarterdeck now, resting easily the last time I saw
+him. Miss Ingleton is nursing him. Do you want to see him?”
+
+Redmond pondered a moment before replying. The news imparted to him
+innocently enough by Captain Moore had brought him back from the realm
+of action and excitement into that of sentiment. For several seconds
+his mind was prey to a score of bitter thoughts. Again he fought with
+himself as he realized that another man stood between him and the
+possibility of his future happiness. The knowledge enraged him, and for
+the first time in his life he experienced the violence of hatred.
+
+He hated himself as well, and in his mind he railed at the fate which
+had led him to the altar of love and then dashed happiness from his
+grasp. He was more than ever convinced that Mary and Fitzgerald were
+betrothed. The words uttered many weeks ago by the Base Commander at
+Honolulu, which clearly indicated it, came back to taunt him as he
+struggled with his conflicting emotions.
+
+Finally his better nature began to exert itself. At least, he argued
+with himself, Mary would be happy now, and after all that was the most
+important thing. He turned to Captain Moore and said:
+
+“I guess I’ll go over and see him.”
+
+The two started aft. As they reached the quarterdeck Mary Ingleton
+happened to glance up from the cot on which Fitzgerald was lying. She
+jumped to her feet and rushed over to him, holding her hands out to
+Redmond.
+
+“Oh! I’m so glad to see you, Howard,” she exclaimed. “I was worried to
+death about you while that dreadful fight was going on.”
+
+Redmond was completely overcome by the warmth of her greeting, which he
+did not expect. He took her hands in his, but managed to hold himself
+in check.
+
+“I’m so glad you’re glad, Mary,” he said.
+
+His quiet reply dampened her enthusiasm, and she looked at him somewhat
+puzzled. Captain Moore had already gone ahead toward Fitzgerald, so
+they were left standing together. Redmond was the first to speak again.
+
+“I was sorry to hear about Fitzgerald,” he said.
+
+“Yes,” replied Mary, “he is seriously hurt.”
+
+“It must have been a great blow to you, Mary. I hope he will soon get
+well because you deserve happiness after all you have been through.”
+
+“Why, Howard!” she exclaimed. “How strangely you speak! I don’t know
+what you are talking about.”
+
+“Aren’t you and he engaged?” queried Redmond.
+
+“Why no,” laughed Mary. “Whatever put that silly notion in your head?”
+
+“You’re not?” he exclaimed in surprise.
+
+She heartily laughed at his astonishment, then she replied.
+
+“No! I’m not engaged to anyone,” she said with a taunting air.
+
+“Oh! Mary,” he gasped haltingly.
+
+“Yes, Howard.”
+
+“Oh! What can I say? I love you with all my heart. I’ve been dying to
+tell you for a long, long time, but I thought you were already engaged,
+and I didn’t dare.”
+
+“Why you poor silly boy. I’ve known it for weeks,” she said gently.
+
+“Can you love me too?” he pleaded.
+
+She looked at him teasingly, with laughter in her eyes, watching his
+evident anxiety. Then as the lines upon his face deepened she lowered
+her glance and said:
+
+“I do.”
+
+
+
+
+Transcriber’s Note:
+
+
+ Obvious errors in punctuation have been silently corrected in this
+ version. Typos in proper names have been silently corrected. Minor
+ inconsistencies and archaic forms have been retained as printed.
+
+ In addition, the following changes have been made:
+
+ On page 16: bells to belles -From the moment of her debut she had
+ been one of the reigning _belles_ in Washington society
+
+ On page 21: too to to -Mary began _to_ eat
+
+ On page 21: magicent to magnificent -They saw the magnificent rivers
+
+ On page 25: persistant to persistent -In a subtle but persistent
+ manner
+
+ On page 26: occassionally to occasionally
+
+ On page 30: upfolded to unfolded -the scene unfolded below her
+
+ On page 51: hyherically to hysterically -Mrs. Ingleton began to cry
+ hysterically.
+
+ On page 52: reolver to revolver
+
+ On page 53: gave to have -He must have got tangled up
+
+ On page 61: may to my -Therefore my plan is this
+
+ On page 65: quadron to squadron
+
+ On page 68: recieved to received
+
+ On page 78: absoutely to absolutely -that absolutely confirms
+
+ On page 81: horiozn to horizon
+
+ On page 86: navval to naval
+
+ On page 94: obsolute to absolute -when they got an absolute sight on
+
+ On page 94: desdescent to descent -The battle was continued
+ throughout the maneuvre of descent
+
+ On page 95: possibe to possible
+
+ On page 108: there to three -at a point approximately three hundred
+ miles
+
+ On page 110: coversation to conversation
+
+ On page 110: sqadron to squadron
+
+ On page 114: occured to occurred
+
+ On page 114: manufacurer to manufacturer
+
+ On page 114: availabl to available
+
+ On page 116: aparently to apparently
+
+ On page 117: meteorogical to meteorological
+
+ On page 127: an to any -would pass up any chance to protect himself
+
+ On page 135: orginal to original
+
+ On page 141: possibilties to possibilities
+
+ On page 142: particuarly to particularly
+
+ On page 153: pursuade to persuade -She tried to persuade him
+
+ On page 155: unconscius to unconscious -How long I was unconscious
+
+ On page 159: buring to burning -lights burning
+
+ On page 162: vigilence to vigilance
+
+ On page 166: it to is -It is this
+
+ On page 175: us to use -it’s no use quarreling
+
+ On page 180: vaccuum to vacuum -vacuum of the container
+
+ On page 180: here to her -enable her to get away
+
+ On page 183: sincerety to sincerity -show of sincerity
+
+ On page 185: schoner to schooner
+
+ On page 199: were to where -at the cove where we land
+
+ On page 220: arange to arrange
+
+ On page 222: accomodation to accommodation
+
+ On page 226: waveleangth to wavelength
+
+ On page 226: cary to carry -it could easily carry his voice
+
+ On page 230: conjections to conjectures -depressing thoughts
+ concerning Mary and gloomy conjectures regarding her safety.
+
+ On page 235: [double of removed] -to keep a sharp watch for sight of
+ land.
+
+ On page 238: scurity to security
+
+ On page 250: expectently to expectantly -she strolled expectantly to
+
+ On page 253: contenntment to contentment
+
+ On page 253: tumultously to tumultuously
+
+ On page 259: would to wound -Without further ado Johnston bent over
+ and examined the injured leg. The Kanakas had been bathing the wound
+ under the feeble instructions Levanter had been able to give them.
+
+ On page 263: visa versa to vice versa
+
+ On page 263: [double to removed] had to be in one hand
+
+ On page 265: preceeding to preceding -The next day passed as had the
+ preceding one
+
+ On page 266: preceds to precedes -such as oftentimes precedes events
+
+ On page 273: stoodly to stood -while the men stood meekly by
+
+ On page 277: monotoonus to monotonous
+
+ On page 277: persistant to persistent
+
+ On page 292: too to to -higher altitude which the pirate climbed to
+
+ On page 295: his to this -the fight continued in this manner
+
+ On page 296: fllash to flash
+
+ On page 296: thundrous to thunderous
+
+ On page 296: suddeness to suddenness
+
+ On page 297: incicated to indicated -his expression clearly indicated
+ the relief he felt.
+
+ On page 300: devise to device -Ours are fitted with a safety device
+
+ On page 304: oficer to officer
+
+ On page 305: It to If -If it’s any satisfaction to you
+
+ On page 305: cooly to coolly -said Redmond coolly
+
+ On page 306: waiting to awaiting -standing by awaiting further
+ instructions.
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 78892 ***